Skip to main content

Full text of "Manila and the Philippines"

See other formats


Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books .google .com/I 



MANILA 



PHILIPPINES. 



MARGHERITA ARLINA HAMM. 






P. TENNYSON NEBLT, 

FUBUSHBB, 
LONDON. \ C a & 1*^^ ^VBK. 



\fig 



Copyright, 1808, 

by 

F. TomwoH NBDif, 

in 

Untied State! 

and 
Great Britain. 

ABBigt^ti 



TO 
BIZAL AND AQUINALDO, 

THB DBAD MABTTB AKD LIYIIYO HKBO^ 

THIS BOOK IB DEDICATSD 

BT THB AXJTHOB. 



PEEFAOK 



Tms volume is ba49ed upon notes made by the au- 
thor while a resident and traveler in the Far East. 
Some have been used in newspaper correspondence 
for the New York Mail and Express, the New York 
Sun, the New York Herald, the Baltimore American^ 
the Chicago Inter- Ocean, the San Francisco Ex- 
aminer, and the Hong Kong Telegraph. 

All has been rewritten and brought down to date 
as far as it has been possible. The difficulties have 
been numerous on account of the Spanish official pol- 
icy of which the chief object apparently is the sup- 
pression of all information concerning their Colonial 
possessions. 

The Author has met representatives from the five 

classes that compose Philippine society: the Church, 

the Army, the Office-holders, the Merchants, and the 

Revolutionists, and thus has had the opportunity of 

seeing Spanish Colonial dominion from as many 

points of view. 

M. A. H. 



I 



\ 1 



CONTENTS. 






CHAPTER L PiftB 

Hit Roates to the Philippines 9 

CHAPTER n. 
The Island of Luzon 17 

CHAPTER lU. 
InManilA 86 

CHAPTER IV. 
The People of .Manila 89 

CHAPTER V. 
Manila Arohiteetore— Especially Roofs •.., 46 

CHAPTER VL 
Stores and Shops • 65 

CHAPTER Vn. 
Manila's Dailj Bread— Tobacco 65 

CHAPTER VIIL 
Around Lnxon 72 

CHAPTER IX. 
Cavity 84 

CHAPTER X. 
HoUo 89 

CHAPTER XI. 
Cebu 96 

CHAPTER XXIL 
Snlu—Citj, Island, and Sultanate 102 



Tiii CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER XnL »ao« 

Som« Historical Notes 118 

CHAPTER XIV. 
Ths Oovernment 120 

CHAPTER XV. 
Ths Philippine Newspaper World 128 

CHAPTER XVL 
The Natives 184 

CHAPTER XVII. 
Some Native Industries 140 

CHAPTER XVUL 
The Animal World 151 

CHAPTER XIX. 
The Feathered Population 159 

CHAPTER XX. 
Fishes and Reptiles 186 

CHAPTER XXI. 
Garden, Farm and Forest 178 

CHAPTER XXn. 
Mines and Metals 180 

• 

CHAPTER XXIII. 
Typhoons 184 

CHAPTER XXIV. 
The Other Islands — the Ladrones, the Pelews, the Carolines. ... 188 

CHAPTER XXV. 
The Story of Rizal 207 

CHAPTER XXVI. 
The Future of the Philippines 218 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 



opposmc 

PAOB 

Main Street, Manila. 22 

A View of Manila 28 

Qeneral View, Manila — Cathedral 44 

A Half-caste Lady of Wealth 56 

A Coantry House, Luzon 64 

A Country Church, Luzon 72 

Catholic Convent, Interior of Luzon 78 

A Farm Buffalo of Cavit^ 86 

Cock-Fighter Sulu 110 

A Native College Class 116 

A Mestizo 122 

Main Boulevard, Binonda 180 

Native Hut 186 

Peddlers of Oil Industry 142 

Packing Manila Sugar 148 

Cock-Fight in Luzon 162 

Native Fishing— the Banca 170 

A Buffalo Cart on Runners 182 

A View of Interior Village 186 

Native Lumbermen at Rest 196 

Natural Bridge and Native Vegetation 202 

A Street Restaurant 210 

k Sugar House... 216 



( 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 



OHAPTEB L 

THB BOUTES TO THB PHILIPPINES. 

The Philippine Islands, roughly speaking, are eleyen 
thousand miles west by south of New York City and four- 
teen thousand miles east by south. By train and mail 
steamer they are thirty days' journey going westward and 
thirty-five going eastward. Though a ciyilized land 
they are comparatively difficult of access. The chief 
way of reaching them is by one of the four lines running 
regularly between Hong Kong, Amoy and Manila. One 
of these lines is Spanish and the rest British. There is 
a small Spanish line which goes directly from Spain, 
stopping at Singapore as the last station before Manila 
is reached. There is also a Japanese way which runs 
from the land of the Mikado via Foo Ohow and Formosa. 
But neither the Spanish nor the Japanese lines have as 
yet attained the status of excellence demanded by trav- 
elers. It may be said, therefore, that you begin your 
voyage to the Philippines at Hong Kong. 

When you buy your ticket you realize very thoroughly 
that you are going to a country run upon a very differ- 
ent system from any that you have ever been in in other 
parts of the world. The company cannot sell you a pas- 
sage until you produce your passport, vised by your own 
oonsul and by the Spanish consul at Hong Eong. Your 



10 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

own eonsol charges yoa nothing, bat the other one 
must be paid a nice fee. You most also be identified. 
If it turns out that yon are a missionary on eyangelieai 
bosinesB bent, yon receiTo immediate notice that yoa 
cannot enter the Philippines. If yon are a Protestant 
clergyman trayeling for health, yon are notified that 
yon are free to come and travel, but that if you endeaTor 
to convert people, or to express opinions at variance with 
those held by the Spanish government, you will be 
arrested and deported. 

This sounds strange enough in the last part of the 
nineteenth century, but is, nevertheless, based upon 
actual facts in that part of the world. Nor is this alL 
You are notified in respect to smuggling, to apparel, 
equipment, literature, and money. If you bring more 
than a certain amount of clothing there are fees to be 
paid. If 3'ou take a weapon with you, it is subject to 
confiscation and you to fine. If you carry with you any 
book, magazine or paper which is heretical, revolution- 
azy, or anarchistic, or which throws odium upon the 
Church, or reflections upon the governmeiit the matter 
is liable to seizure and you to fine, imprisonment, and 
deportation. Should you venture to express surprise at 
this harsh system, or to indicate doubt as to the enforce- 
ment of the law, a polite clerk tells you the fate of Dr. 
Bizal, the Philippine patriot who was arrested and im- 
prisoned because in his trunk there was fouiii a single 
pciDpblet recommending reforms in the civil aud ecclesi- 
astical administration of bis country. Tour wardrobe 
for the Philippines is about the s&me as what you would 
take for the West Indies, linen and flannel suits, dreaa 
coats made of alpaca or black silk, a straw hat, and a 
pith helmet for a gent-eman ; the lightest and thinnest 
pongees, silks, laces, and nets for a lady. BdUi maa 



Manila and the PHtLii>piNES. 11 

and woman should have rubber shoes, a waterproof gos- 
samer, a sunshade and umbrella, and silk, linen or cotton 
gloTes. A large supply of handkorcbiefs, of underwear, 
and of hosiery is a necessity in view of the climate and 
the customs of the land. 

A stranger to that part of the world should carry a 
medicine chest, or in default of that a fair supply of 
quinine pills, chlorodyne, and sun cholera mixture. The 
traveler should have been vaccinated within five years. 
In hygienic matters the Spaniard is a fatalist and laughs 
at the idea of vaccination. The result is that smallpox 
is endemic in all Spanish possessions, and in the win- 
ter months often epidemic. 

An American consul, who was a famous wit, expressed 
this very epigrammatically by saying ''that there were 
two seasons in Manila, the smallpox season and the 
cholera season." 

After you have complied with all the formalities de- 
manded by Spanish law, and have procured the right 
kind of money for use on the steamer and at your desti- 
nation when you land, you make your peace with the 
Lord and embark upon one of the steamers for the 
Islands of King Philip. 

The trip across the China Sea is alwa3''S pleasant and 
sometimes very exciting. The steamers are very strong 
and seaworthy and the captains are men of more than 
ordinary intelligence and culture. I recall one. Captain 
George Tayler, of the Esmeralda, who would have been 
a star in any drawing-room. They speak English and 
Spanish with a smattering of Chinese, "pidgin English," 
and Malay. They have to possess much tact and diplo- 
macy in order to keep on good terms with the Spanish 
officials, and to avoid the disastrous consequences of 
violating that extraordinary body of jurisprudence 
known as Spanish law. 



lA MANILA AND THE! PHILIPPINE& 

A few illustrations may i^ive a fair notion of 
system. If a ship's manifest calls for a hundred barrels 
of flour there must be one hundred barrels of flour to 
verify the manifest. If there be one hundred and one, 
or ninety-nine, the captain is liable to arrest, fine and 
imprisonment, and the ship to seizure and confiscation. 

It is not necessary to prove any intent in the matter nor 
can an excuse be legally pleaded for excess or deficiency. 
At the furthest an excuse or explanation may be urged 
in mitigation of the offense. In that case the authori- 
ties may graciously annul the judgment of confiscation^ 
and substitute therefor a heavy fine. If a stowaway» 
especially one of a prohibited class, is found on board, 
the same list of punishments await the captain and the 
ship. If a passenger on board has no passport, or loses 
it en route, or if it is too old or does not describe the 
passenger accurately enough, there is another lisfc of 
penalties awaiting ship and master upon arrival. 
Of course the principle underlying all this red tape is 
simply the extortion of money from commerce. It is 
true that the money extorted is paid back by degrees in 
the shape of higher freights and heavier charges of all 
sorts, but this repayment comes from the entire com- 
munity, and not from the o£Bcials, who are entitled to 
two-thirds of the fines as perquisites of office. The run 
from Hong Kong to Amoy skirts the China coast, and 
gives^occasional glimpses of towns and fishing villages of 
pagodas and joss-houses, in decay. The shore line is an 
ancient granite formation, which has been beaten by the 
storms of countless ages into all sorts of fantastic shapes 
and outlines. Sometimes for miles it is a wall of peaks 
and cones of a dull yellow-brown, where apparently no 
life exists or ever has existed. Then again it becomes 
rolling country with sand and gravel beaches, fields^ 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 18 

ftnd meadows beyond, and here and there the mighty 
banyan tree, in whose shade five hundred people can 
find Gomfort and ease. At another place infinite labor 
has terraced the hillsides until they are seamed and 
scarred, looking for all the world as if the earth-spirit 
had started to ornament her outward garment with fine 
tucks and pleats. 

Then again the shore is broken by some riyer which 
announces its restless activity miles away by floods of 
yellow water slowly mixing with the blue of the sea. 
There are islands large and small along the route. To 
the northeast of Hong Kong lies Pedro Blanco, or the 
White Stone, which rises a noble monolith higher than 
the tallest mast of passing vessels. On the other side, 
near to the land, is the famous group of rocks known as 
the Nine Pins or the Devil's Nine Pins, which are high, 
narrow blocks of stone, some straight, some apparently 
about to fall as if stricken by an invisible giant ball 
thrown by a genii. Halfway up the coast is Namoa 
Island, the home of the pirates. Here up to the beginning 
of this century was a community of freebooters, whose 
ferocity, daring, and seamanship were celebrated the 
world over. Even up to 1830, when there were warships 
on the coast, piracy was a recognized profession. The 
introduction of steam wrought its end. The steamship 
was too fast to overtake, and the steam warship could 
always overtake the pirate craft. Even at the present 
time there are still pirates on the coast, and every ship 
in those waters carries at least a dozen rifles, and two 
dozen revolvers. 

At Amoy the Manila steamers stop a half or a whole 
day. There is a large commerce between China and the 
Philippines even in spite of the obstacles and burdens of 
Spanish law. From Amoy the steamers carry paving 



14 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

stones for the streets of Manila and other cities, earthen* 
ware, china, porcelain, dried fish, provisions, table 
delicacies, medicines, and many textiles, more especially 
Chinese silk, and the various kinds of grass cloth made 
in Formosa, Chang Chow, and Swatow. Here the 
steamer is visited by the Spanish consul at Amoy, or his 
clerk. The functionary looks over the manifest, the pas- 
senger list, and the passports. He vises the ship's 
papers, and of course receives a fee for his trouble. 
From Amoy the steamer runs southeast, not for Manila, 
but for the north end of Luzon. This is done to take 
advantage of the strong currents of the China Sea which 
range from one to four knots an hour. There is one 
current in particular which runs southward, parallel to 
the coast of Luzon, which is said to reach five miles an 
hour at certain seasons of the year. 

The China Sea has often been compared with both the 
Caribbean and the Gulf of Mexico. It has points in 
common with both. It appears to be the generating 
center of a large body of warm water which flows north- 
ward and eastward, and it is also the scene of very 
violent storms. The weather of the China Sea is its most 
extraordinary feature. It may be said to consist of the 
two monsoons, broken in the summer by typhoons and 
in the winter by northern gales. The southeast or sum- 
mer monsoon is a mild, warm, and balmy breeze which 
blows continuously and scarcely rufi9es the water. The 
northeast or winter monsoon is stronger and more fitful, 
running as high as fourteen and fifteen knots, and pro- 
ducing at some points a choppy sea, as disagreeable as 
that of the British Channel, and at others a heavy, ugly 
sea, which is the dread of all nervous or qualmish trav- 
elers. The northeast monsoon is broken by occasional 
gales which play havoc with the largest ships. It was 



J 




^ 




1 


1 


l^^^v aR^^^^I 


1 


" *«■ M 





MANtLA AND THK PHILIPPINES. 15 

One of taose storms which disabled the powerful P. & O. 
steamer Bokhara, October 10, 1892, and drove it as a 
strong team draws a plow among the shoals and banks of 
the Pescadores. It is difficult to imagine the force 
which can drag an ocean steamer of the largest size 
along a sea bottom of rocks and coral sand, until the 
plates and even the frames of the hull are ground away 
in the process of erosion. But the fiercest of these 
northeastern gales is a child alongside of the typhoon^ 
the scourge of the China Sea. Old travelers pronounee 
the cooking on these Manila steamers to be the best in 
the world. The chefs are Chinamen, who are cooks by 
both education and inheritance, and their training has 
made them masters of Spanish, French, English, Hindu, 
and Japanese cooking, as well as of their native styles. 
Upon the table may be found curries, green, red, and 
white ; chutneys, preserved and green ; pressed fresh Ma- 
cassar fish; Bombay ducks, which are not ducks, but a 
kind of cartillaginous fish ; gauvas, fresh or in the form of 
jelly, jam and paste; alligator pears, served with sherry 
wine, or removed and made into a wonderful salad ; the 
white hearts of the tops of young cocoanut trees slivered 
into fibres an inch in length, and then served as either a 
salad, a vegetable, or a sweetmeat ; golden mangoes, which 
are simply unapproachable ; mangosteens, the daintiest 
fruit this side of paradise ; and glorious ramputas, nick^ 
named by godless youths, ^'white-whiskered straw- 
berries. '* 

Here the epicure can find the Celt-Iberian delicacies, 
bacalao a la Biscayeuse, chile Carne, rojo viejo, and frijolas 
con farina. As if to show how closely the world was 
tied up together one can eat prepared by a Chinese cook 
the delicious pilau of Manila, which the Spaniards 
learned from the Malays, which the Malays learned from 



1^ irfANILA AND THE PH1LIJP1>INES. 

their Mohammedan conquerors centariea ago, which these 
learned from their ancestors in India. These in turn 
from the people of Persia^ and they from Armenia \7hen 
Armenia was an opulent, powerful and luxurious empire. 
The coffee, whether of Java or Manila, is admirable and 
the tea puts to shame that which is served in the great 
hotels and restaurants of either New York or London. 
Then there are delicacies which are unknown to the 
Western world, the Canton rice bird, only an inch and a 
half in length, and a half an inch in thickness. These 
are stuffed with a curried stuffing, and then roasted or 
fried, or else they are brochetted with alternating layers 
of bacon and of mushrooms. There is stewed terrapin 
made from either the marsh terrapin of Luzon or the 
mountain terrapin of the Chinese hills, either of them 
equal to the diamond backs of the late John Chamber- 
lain. Then there are curious confections made from 
tropical fruits, some dried, some smoked, some preserved 
with honey, others with molasses, and still others with 
white sugar, and then as if to stir up the happiest of 
all mental complaints, homesickness, there are canned 
Bartlett pears from California, peaches from Delaware, 
succotash from Maine, and strawberries from New York. 
The Anglo-Saxon genius is undermining the globe. In 
the loneliest waters of the Philippines may be found the 
British tramp steamer and in the smallest village Ameri- 
can canned vegetables and on both a Waterbury watch. 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 17 



CHAPTER n. 

THE ISLAND OF LUZON. 

All voyages come to an end, and on the second day 
from Amoy there is a cry of ''Land hoi" and there upon 
the horizon lies an irregular dark purple "wall, making a 
royal contrast in color with the sky above and the sea 
below. As the ship approaches the color changes and at 
last resolves itself into a green, richer and deeper than 
that of the Emerald Isle. On the deck of the ship it is 
easy to see that Luzon and the other members of the 
Philippines are the result of ages of volcanic action and 
much longer ages of erosion and weathering, of coral 
building, and the growth and decay of swamps and 
forests. Such, indeed, has been its history. Its vol- 
canic features are almost numberless, and remind one 
partly of Japan and partly of that long line of desert 
rocks known as the Aleutians. On the other hand the 
coral reefs and beds suggest the great barrier reef 
of northeastern Australia. Strangely enough, too, the 
fauna and flora are equally ambiguous, if that term may 
be applied to the living kingdom. Unlike the mainland 
there are no wild members of the cat family in the 
Philippines. On the other hand there are many types 
which are Australian in character, and which are not 
found upon the Asiatic mainland or even upon Formosa. 

The floral world has in it features of both Australia 
and Asia, and even the human world has in it types as 
low if not lower ^ than the aborigines of Australia, and 



18 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

other types as high as those of the Malay states. It 
woald seem, therefore, that the Philippines represent 
the results of two different epochs. One was the epoch 
which formed the long axis which begins in the Aleu- 
tians, runs through Japan, the Loo Ohoos, and Formosa, 
and the other epoch which brought up from the deep 
Australia and parts of Java, Sumatra, Borneo, and 
Oelebes. The combination in the case of the Philippines 
is a very happy one. The Tolcanoes produce mountains 
many of which are now nine thousand feet high, and in 
Bome geologic age must have been a mile higher. These 
mountains supplied soil, sand, gravel, rocks, and ores. 
The coral polyps built numberless walls and plateaus 
which were elevated until they reached the air, and then 
served as walls and breakwaters behind which pools, 
shallows, marshes, and finally meadows rich and f ertile» 
oame slowly into being. 

From the steamer one can see the endless variety of 
scenery and topography which resulted from this dual 
cause. Here is a mountainous district and around it is 
another district which may be compared with Holland, 
or even the city of Venice. Lakes and lagoons beyond 
number — bays and harbors, landlocked gulfs, fiords, 
streams and canals are everywhere, and then again come 
hilly districts, followed by meadows and mountain dis- 
tricts, ranging all the way from Gape Bojeador down to 
Serangani Point in the far south. 

The process of land-making is still going on. Many 
of the volcanoes are still active, and the patient coral 
polyps never cease their labors. It increases the beauty 
of the landscape to have mountains that smoke by day, 
and glare like titanic lanterns by night. At the same 
lime it is not altogether comfortable. Such instrumen- 
talities of nature are usually accompanied by earth- 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 19 

quakes^and earthquakes are certainly the most disagreea- 
ble visitors known to civilized man. 

Luzon is the most important of all the Philippines. 
It is the most populous, having about five million people 
within its shores, and it is also the richest and most civil- 
ized. It is as large as New York, Massachusetts, and 
Bhode Island, and has a shore line which if rectified 
would reach from the Bay of Fundy to Key West. Of 
its resources but little is thoroughly known. Spanish 
policy has been toward discouraging all enterprise by 
native as well as by foreigner, and the territory of to* 
day is the same as it was a century ago, so far as investi- 
gation and exploitation are concerned. This much, 
however, is known. It contains large quantities of gold, 
and undetermined amounts of silver, mercury, iron, 
copper, lead, brown coal or lignite, petroleum and true 
coal. It has an immense supply of hard, tropical woods, 
and is fertile beyond all belief. 

The Chinese and Tagal gardeners raise seven, eight 
and even ten crops a year upon their little farms. This 
is due to a rich, loamy soil, an unfailing supply of water, 
good natural drainage, and bright, sunny weather nine- 
tenths of the year. Everything grows as if by magio. 
A yard left unoccupied for a few months becomes a wil- 
derness of flowers and weeds. If left a year untouched 
it becomes a jungle. All of this is suggested to the 
observer on the steamer's deck. The rocks are green 
with moss, heavy masses of creepers and vines hang upon 
the face of every cli£F, thick forests are visible near the 
shore and far away in the interior. 

Scarcely a tilled field is brown or shows the earth. 
The sprouting time is so short that the plowed field 
of to-day takes a greenish tinge to-morrow, and has a 
rich tii)t th§ dapr ^ter. Tl^ere fure other indication? 



20 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

of prosperity and fertility. There are many native boats 
along the shore, little Spanish steamers puffing noisily 
as they creep from place to place. There are wagons 
drawn by buffaloes on every road. There are huts and 
hovels in every direction, and through a glass human 
beings can be seen engaged in their daily vocations. 
Further down the coast the steamer passes Cape Bolinao, 
a bold promontory which runs out into the sea. Here is 
the signal station from which the ship's approach is 
telegraphed to Manila. Here also is the cable station 
which sends the messages under the China Sea to far- 
away Hong Eong. Near them is the lighthouse, that 
ever welcome sight to navigator and passenger alike. 
The station is very picturesque, the mountains and 
forests, the great gulf of Lingayen, and the thousand 
and one shades of green tend to make a tableau of 
memorable beauty. From here it is but a few hours to 
Manila Bay, which on account of its vast size ought to 
be called a gulf. The opening is quite narrow and is 
made all the smaller by one large rocky island in the 
center of the passage known as Corregidor and some 
smaller ones between Corregidor and the mainland. 
Upon Corregidor is an ancient fort of more beauty than 
utility, but giving a very pretty effect to the rocky walls 
and the dark-green vegetation which surround it. Once 
past the line of islands the great bay opens up as if the 
explorer was starting into a new ocean. It must be 
thirty miles in one direction and thirty in another. 
Even then the figures are misleading, because at many 
points the bay passes into shoals and salt marshes which 
are part land and part water, and reach for miles up into 
the interior. Streams run into the bay in every direc- 
tion. In the rainy season they bring down huge bodies 
of silt ftud even gravel and bowlders, so strong is the 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 21 

force of the running water. It is this detritus which 
has made the marshes, the shoals, and banks of the bay, 
and which is gradually converting that great body of 
water into a swamp, to change ultimately to noble 
meadow land. The progress of the change is indicated 
by the j'^ellow water of the bay, which at some points 
looks like liquid mud, and by scores of buoys, some 
floating and others driven into the mud beneath, which 
indicate the rising of the bottom toward the surface of 
the sea. 

It takes a skilled navigator to run Manila Bay at full 
speed. Nearly every ship which comes there slacks or 
stops with signal flags thrown out for one of the official 
pilots who make an excellent living at their trade. As 
the ship goes on Cavite comes into sight and then 
Manila. Cavite is a town on a small peninsula which 
runs out from the mainland in a general northwestern 
direction, inclosing a fine bay a little larger than that of 
New York. On the other side of the bay lies the capital 
of the Philippines. At Cavite is the government arsenal, 
shipyards, docks, forges, and repair shops. There are 
forts facing both west, north and northeast, formida- 
ble in appearance, and seemingly armed with powerful 
guns. The steamer passes, slackens its speed, and finally 
drops anchor anywhere from a half-mile to two miles 
from the city proper. The voyage is done, and the trav- 
eler is now under the shadow of the red and yellow ban- 
ner of Spain. The anchor is scarcely down when a 
vicious little steam tug, laden with customs officials and 
soldiers, dashes up to the side and makes fast to the 
companion ladder. Then a small regiment of men pour 
out of the craft on board the steamer. There is an in- 
spector, proud and imperious, who goes immediately to 
the captain's private room. He receives the ship's 



22 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

papers and the passports of all the passengers, which 
must be taken to the government house, and there be 
entered and again vised. There is another inspector 
whose duty apparently is to see that the ship is in good 
sanitary condition, and that there is no contagious 
disease on board. There is a third inspector whose 
duties are seemingly to keep a sharp watch upon the 
officers of the ship lest these should take wings and fly 
away. A fourth inspector, and a fifth, stand on either 
gunwale to prevent wicked passengers or seamen from 
passing dutiable goods out of the portholes, or dropping 
them with telltale floats into the water below. Then 
there are several inspectors or searchers who go through 
the ship. Most important of all is a small company of 
soldiers who belong to the Spanish army of the Philip- 
pines. It is considered a great privilege to do customs 
work, and to get an occasional cup of coffee, table deli- 
cacy, or cigar, from some one on board of the steamer. 
So the thoughtful Spanish general assigns his best men 
to this branch of the service. 

In seeing these soldiers, therefore, you see the best of 
the Spanish infantry in the far East. They are not a 
bad-looking set. They are nearly all young, ranging 
from sixteen and seventeen years of age to about thirty. 
Some are Spaniards, some are Malays, and some are 
half-breeds, whom it is difficult to determine. The 
Philippines from time immemorial have been the bat- 
tleground of many races. On Luzon there have been a 
Negroid race, a Papuan race, two Malay races at least, 
Chinese settlers, Japanese, and Spanish. None of these 
races have kept themselves aloof from others, and each 
and all have blended and reblended, until in the course 
of time men and women have been produced in whose 
veins was the blood of at least six different ethnic or 
anthropologic types. 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 23 

The oommonest are the Spanish Malay half-oaste, next 
are the Ohinese Malay, and then the Chino-Spanish, or 
Eurasian. All three mixtures are satisfactory physically 
and mentally, if not morally. There is in Manila the 
same prejudice or superstition that is found in many 
parts of this country, namely, that half-breeds generally 
combine the vices of both parent races. 

The assumption is probably as true there as it is here, 
that is to say not true at all. The real meaning is one 
that pride forbids to confess (namely) that the half-breeds 
represent the unrighteous living of the men who make 
the declaration. As a matter of fact these half-breeds, 
poor, ignorant, and uncared for, make very good soldiers. 
They are sober, faithful, and obedient. When it comes 
to action they are brave, patient, and enduring. They 
are not very neat in their appearance, their clothing is 
old and shabby, their trousers a little bit fringed at the 
bottom, and many go barefoot, or wear shoes through 
which the brown skin is painfully visible. They are 
small in stature, thin, lithe, and sinewy. They are 
^aceful and many of them quite comely. Their weapons 
are in fair condition, but are not of the latest pattern. 
But all from the highest to the lowest are exceedingly 
polite. Everbody bows to everybody else, everybody 
smirks, everybody is perpetually expressing an interest 
in the health and welfare of everybody else. If you be- 
longed to the same family as your visitors you could 
not receive greater attention. Everyone with whom 
you have any official transaction hopes that you have 
had a good voyage, and have enjoyed the trip, the ship, 
and the courtesies of the officers. He hopes that your 
health is faultless, that all of your relatives are in good 
spirits, that you will grace Manila and the Philippines 
for many years, and that you will take the same delight 



24 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

in the pleasant people of your nationality ashore that he 
and all of his circle do, and that the climate will prove 
agreeable in every respect. There are twenty kind ques- 
tions and thirty friendly hopes expressed by each inspec- 
tor, searcher, and soldier. You are expected to smile 
and thank him at each pause, and at the end to ask a 
similar sezies in return. 

It is a very pleasant system, but oh, it does so delay 
travel ! After the first steam launch goes away, leaving 
soldiers and a few other officials on board, another 
launch comes, bringing health officers and more soldiers; 
then comes a third launch bringing the agent of the con- 
signees. Then come cargo and passenger boats of various 
sizes and kinds. The passenger boats are called bancas 
and are long, heavy, clumsy craft about two and a half 
or three feet wide, and thirty or forty feet long. A 
large part is hooded over, the hood, with a boat, forming 
a dark tunnel into which you crawl. If you are not 
careful in stepping into the banca, or if you are too 
careful, you go into the water, and have to be fished 
out. The banca combines many virtues. 

It can be rowed like a shell, paddled like a canoe, and 
poled like a canal boat. It can also be sailed like a cat- 
boat. In each capacity it is extremely uncomfortable 
and wearisome. It is undoubtedly a survival of the ship 
of the prehistoric man, which consisted of a large log 
hollowed out, and the most charitable desire on the part 
of a Christian is that it may be buried with the aborigi- 
nal gentleman who invented it. 

You get into the banca in prayer and trembling, and 
then sit there calmly doing nothing until the boatman, 
the steamer steward, and the customs officials, and the 
soldiers allow your baggage to be transferred from your 
stateroom to your side. If you are shrewd you will give 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 25 

every man a tip or you will give the captain of the 
soldiers a large Mexican dollar. This investment saves 
considerable time. With it your baggage is put on 
board in about five minutes; without it the time varies 
from a half-hour to a full hour. When everything is 
on board, the banca pushes off, and moves leisurely to 
the city. It passes into the river which flows between 
walls of stone and is more truly a canal, and finally stops 
at a landing, where it is made fast in due fashion. You 
and your baggage alight, and you are again on terra 
firma in the good city of Manila, 



26 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 



CHAPTER nL 



IK MANILA. 



Manila, strictly speaking, has three meanings. It is 
the ancient walled city, which is the legal meaning. It 
is the walled city and its suburbs, which is the popular 
meaning, and it is also the province, district, or county* 
of the Island of Luzon, where the city is situated. The 
walled city lies on the southern bank of the Pasig Biver, 
and is walled in a way that suggests the towns and cities 
of the middle age. The walls are of gray stone lined 
with brick or rubble, and have parapets, bastions, and 
machicolations. They look picturesque and even impos- 
ing. On the northern side the river serves as a moat, 
and on the west the sea, or more properly speaking, the 
bay. On the east and south there are well-made moats, 
paved on the bottom and faced with stone on the out- 
side, which can be filled with water in the event of 
assault by an enemy. They are filled by large sluice- 
ways, equipped with heavy gates which connect the east 
moat with the river. 

The last time they were employed was in the war with 
Britain, when General Draper, with a strong naval and 
military force, attacked and captured the city. These 
fortifications were built three hundred and eight years 
ago (1590) by General and Governor Gomez Perez Das- 
marinas. They were built partly by forced labor, and 
partly by coolies brought over from China. The walls 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 2? 

altogether are about t'wo miles and a quarter long, and 
from ten to twenty feet thick. All along the top are 
ancient cannon, some dating from the latter part of 
the fifteenth century, and others being breech-loaders of 
the present period. 

None of them are high-power guns, and none would 
be of use against modern weapons, whether of warships 
or of siege batteries. The masonry was good honest 
work. It withstood the onset of war without showing 
any particular damage, and what was a greater test of 
its merit, the shocks of hundreds of earthquakes, large 
and small. They left telltale marks of their enormous 
force. That of 1880 threw down an arch in one of the 
gates, and others fractured walls here and there, produc- 
ing crevices which are utilized by mouse and rat, bat 
and lizard, and occasionally by a snake. A large part of 
the moats are in a revolting condition, being half-filled 
with a hideous mixture of vegetable matter, stagnant 
water covered with slime, mud, and the refuse of a large 
city. It is known to produce fever and malarial diseases 
and for that reason the Spaniards are afraid to clean it, 
lest by disturbing the foul matter the evils are suddenly 
increased. 

While the fortifications are no protection in modern 
warfare, they might be of use in the event of a riot, or 
possibly of a rebellion. It would depend entirely upon 
the arms possessed in such a case by the insurgents. 
The mediaeval idea is still further carried by having a 
garrison composed of Caucasians, half-breeds and Malays, 
which guards the gates, patrols the walls, and keeps up 
the make-believe of war. 

It should not be forgotten that the Philippines have 
never been thoroughly civilized by the Spaniards, and 
that as late as 1849 piratical craft from Mindanao and 



28 MANILA AND tHE PHILIPPINES. 

Sulu came up to Mrithin a few miles of the city walls. 
They afterward retired to their inaccessible harbors in 
the south without particular molestation from the Span- 
iards. Nearly all of the destruction of piracy in those 
seas has been accomplished by British gunboats, which 
may be said to have done more for the protection of 
Manila than both its walls and fleets combined. Against 
these freebooters of the sea these fortifications would be 
always serviceable. 

The walled city has eight gates, each one of which is 
provided with a clumsy drawbridge. All of them were 
provided with portcullises, but these are no longer used. 
Up to 1852 the drawbridges were raised every night at 
eleven, and lowered every morning at four. Inside the 
walls are many government ofiSces, the branch post 
office, telegraph office, the old custom house, some col- 
leges, convents, a weather observatory, an arsenal, a cathe- 
dral, and eleven churches. There are seventeen streets 
crossing at right angles, and many shops and small 
stores. In the past ten years there has been an attempt 
to beautify both the city and suburbs by the establishing 
of little parks and public gardens. On the other side of 
the river is the island and district known as Binondo, 
which is the great trading center of the city, and the 
site of the foreign merchants and the Chinese quarter. 

The streets are quite wide and well paved, and here 
and there are the beginnings of attempts to construct 
boulevards. Taken as a whole the district looks very 
prosperous, but both neglected and unfinished. The ex- 
port and import business is chiefly in the hands of the 
British, the retail business is controlled by the Chinese. 
There are twenty-four Chinese merchants of great wealth 
and position, who receive the social and political recog- 
nition denied to the average member of their race ix» 



Manila and the Philippines. 39 

Manila. Although Chinese labor is supposed to be dis- 
countenanced, yet a large part of the hardest work in 
the metropolis is done by that race. In every part of 
both city and suburbs the commonest sight is that of 
half-naked coolies carrying loads upon their heads and 
shoulders, driving carts, and performing the most servile 
work. They also control, but they do not monopolize, 
such industries as boot and shoe making, furniture-mak- 
ing, cabinet work, blacksmi thing, iron casting, metal 
smithery, tin-working, tanning and dyeing. The 
working classes live in a district of the city called 
Tondo. It is well worth visiting ; but no one should go 
there without taking a good dose of quinine, and spray- 
ing the body and clothing with disinfectants. The 
houses are hovels, packed close together, and alive with 
human beings and animals, not to speak of vermin. 
There are no sewers. The drainage, garbage, and silt 
lie upon the ground, forming noisome pools or slowly 
oozing into open ditches, always choked up, which are 
found in every street and ally. 

In this district the death rate is often two hundred to 
the thousand, and here every year starts the epidemic 
fever, which carries off tens of thousands. The other 
suburbs are more rustic, cleaner and beautiful. 

The land is low and the waters of the river and of the 
sea form long arms, canals, ponds and lakes in endless 
variety. This ^part of Manila has often been compared 
to Venice, and might, if treated by capable landscape 
gardeners and engineers, be made into an earthly para- 
dise. 

On the shore is a narrow park or driveway called the 
Lunetta, where, every evening during the season, a fine 
concert is given by a military band. Americans encoun- 
ter a familiar spectacle in a horse-car line, which runs 



30 Manila anh the Philippines. 

through the city and fiuburba, and which terminated 
near the station of a small railway connecting Binondo 
with the pretty village of Malabon. In Manila every- 
body has his own vehicle and horse. The vehicles are 
a queer collection. The best consists of a small and 
cheap victoria or barouche^ while the cheapest and poor« 
est is a square box with a ladder at the end set upon 
two wheels, without strings, and drawn by a dilapidated 
horse. The rates charged for the use of the conve- 
niences are very reasonable. For a good barouche and 
team the tariff is about twenty-five cents for a short 
trip, while for a little box cart it is ten cents if you 
engage all the accommodation, and five cents if you are 
one of a party of three or four. The drivers are very 
polite, and also kind to their animals. They have an 
odd habit of keeping up an extended conversation with 
their horses, and prefer to direct them by voice rather 
than by pressure upon the reins. The same thing is 
done by the driver of the buffalo cart, so that a street 
crowded with vehicles is quite a noisy assemblage. 

There are many drug stores in both the city and the 
suburbs. The largest and best is an enormous English 
establishment run as a branch by a Hong Eong corpora- 
tion. One or two are conducted by Germans, while the 
rest are managed by natives, half-caste and Chinese. 
Many years ago the apothecaries of the Philippines were 
nearly all Germans; but the progress of education in 
that part of the world introduced the study of pharmacy. 
The opportunity was immediately embraced by half- 
castes and Chinese, and these in the course of time drove 
the Europeans out of business. 

The poorest-paid German drug clerk usually receives 
ten dollars a week, while the Chinese and half-breed 
drug clerks are glad to work for that sum a month. On 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 31 

acoount of the climate the busy hours are in the after- 
noon and evening, when two or three clerks are neces- 
sary, so that the difference in expense in clerk hire 
alone would put the German establishment at a serious 
disadvantage. 

The people of Manila are not good patrons of the stage 
and the opera. There is no theater in the city proper, 
nor opera house, and there are but three places of amuse- 
ment in the suburbs. At the Teatro Filipino, the build- 
ing is largely an open framework so that the performance 
can be seen from the yard or garden beyond it, and 
partly from the street outside. At the Teatro del Prin- 
cipe, there is a stock company which gives low comedy, 
dialect entertainments, and rather dreary farces; while 
the third house, the Teatro de Tondo, is situated in what 
we would call the slums, and gives popular melodramas. 
Now. and then the city is visited by dramatic companies, 
the Italian opera, or a good concert organization, and 
patronizes its visitors in a very handsome manner. The 
most popular amusement is the American circus. No 
matter what the manager or performers, every circus in 
the far East is known as ''American," and in fact most of 
them, as a matter of business enterprise, own the rights of 
some American organization. 

When these go to Manila they receive an almost royal 
ovation, Europeans and natives alike flock to the per- 
formances, of which two are given a day. Crowds of 
country people will ride or walk in, sometimes taking 
journeys of ten and fifteen miles to see the show. No 
company plays a shorter term than three weeks, and 
many play eight weeks. These visits are profitable, as 
the board of man and beast is very cheap, the cost of 
laborers small, and a band of Malay or Manila musicians 
can be secured for twenty-five cents a performer a night. 



3^ MANILA AND T«fi PtIlLlPPlNfig. 

Barnum is not the first to charter a steamer and cross 
the sea to give a circus performance in another land. It 
has been done for twenty years in the far East, the ships 
going from Hong Kong or Amoy to Manila. 

There is a bull ring in the suburb of Paco, and here 
the noble sport of torturing and killing bulls for human 
amusement sinks down to its lowest depths. No self- 
respecting Spanish toreador will come out to the Philip- 
pines, so that the artists are ''native talent." In place 
of the fierce Andalusian bulls which are bred for ring 
purposes, they have the low-spirited and decepit animals 
of the Philippines. European cattle do not thrive in 
that part of the world, and although they manage to 
exist, they are sorry specimens compared with the origi- 
nal stock. Beside being small, poorly developed, and 
timid they are also lazy and slow. The ring performers 
take advantage of these peculiarities in order to win 
cheap applause from the audience. The heroic toreador 
frequentb* catches hold of the bull's tail and has the 
affrighted animal pull him around the ring. An agile 
bandillerist will vault over the bull in motion or will 
dodge under him when at rest. The poor quadruped 
seems in a daze and does his best to escape. The bipeds 
chase him about the place, striking him with spear 
points or with the butts of lances, pricking him with 
various instruments, kicking him at times with their feet, 
and after a disgusting entertainment of fifteen or twenty 
minutes they murder the animal in cold blood. The 
local aristocracy declines to patronize the institution 
upon the ground of the inferiority of the sport, but the 
Spanish lower classes, the half-breeds, and a few natives 
attend the performances, partly to gratify their cruel 
nature, and partly to imitate the example of their supe- 
riors in Spain. 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 33 

If the bull-fighting is bad at Manila, the cock-fighting 
is of the best quality. The Spaniards are monomaniacs 
on the subject, and the natives have been trained to 
imitate their masters. It is a source of revenue to the 
Spanish government, which not alone taxes it but rents 
out the tax to the highest bidder. In this way the gov- 
ernment gets a nice income from the sport, and a shrewd 
speculator is enabled to feather his financial nest. 

There is a legal code of cock-fighting which is as well 
known to the people as the code of civil procedure is to 
a New York lawyer. Among the regulations is one 
which confines the sport to Sundays and feast days. 
Another regulation extends the time for Manila alone, 
where Thursda3's are also set aside. Each place has the 
official gallery or cockpit, and if the fighting is held any- 
where else all participants are liable to arrest, fine and 
imprisonment. The laws or rules of the pit are strict, and 
are amended by the government every year or two, so as 
to increase the interest or excitement in the sport. All 
people are allowed to bet, but no one may bet more than 
fifty dollars on one contest. A cock may wear one metal 
spur, but not two. The spur, however, is made of the 
best steel, and is ground and pointed until it may be 
compared, in a small way, to a first-class bowie knife. 
The fight is held to be terminated on the death of one or 
both cocks, or when one of them turns and runs away. 
The code on this subject contains no less than one hun- 
dred specific sections. Wealthy men breed fighting- 
cocks on a large scale, while poor enthusiasts will buy 
the eggs and hatch and raise one or two for their own 
benefit. The birds are very handsome, in fact, hand- 
some than those of Spain or the United States. This is 
due, according to connoisseurs, to crossing the breed with 
the wild cock of the Philippines, which is the most beau- 



S4 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

tiful, muscular, and agile member of the galliuaoeous 
family. 

The clergy are among the best patrons of the sport* 
They are successful breeders skillful handlers, and regu- 
lar bettors. The officers of the army and navy are good 
patrons, but confine themselves chiefly to betting. 
Wealthy men back their own entries at the fight, but 
consider it undignified to handle or assist at the fight- 
ing. The gallery is well patronized at all times. On 
Thursday the place is well filled, but on Sundays and 
feast days it is often crowded to suffocation. 

There is much music, public and private, at Manila, 
and some of it is of more than average quality. The 
friars make music a part of the school curriculum and 
also regard it as a means to a livelihood. There must 
be several thousand natives and half-castes who have 
been thoroughly educated in the use each of one or more 
instruments, and after that as a member of a band or 
ojrchestra. The Spanish army is provided with good 
regimental bands, and each of the native regiments in 
times of peace has a small band attached to it. The 
commanding officers by picking the individual perform- 
ers will often establish military bands which will com- 
pare favorably with the more famous organizations of 
the United States. Beside the public performances 
there are private concerts, and also musical entertain- 
ments given by staff officers, schools, churches, and other 
institutions. 

The Malays take kindly to martial music and display 
enthusiasm over a brass band. On the other hand, they 
do not seem to care for fine music, especially that which 
requires stringed and wooden instruments. The Span- 
iards have no very great love of it either. They are 
crazy over dance music, popular operatic airs, and light| 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 36 

and oomio opera, but manifest no interest in the higher 
compositions. Nearly all concerts in Manila consist of 
marches, overtures to famous operas, familiar arias writ- 
ten for a full band, dances, popular songs, and war 
music. 

There is a good jockey club in the city, which holds a 
race week every year, and does creditable work, consid- 
ering the conditions of the place. The president is 
usually a Spanish nobleman, while the working members 
are Englishmen, Americans, and Spaniards who have 
been educated in England. The club has a line track, 
and by offering an extraordinary number of prizes, in- 
cluding consolation rewards, makes it possible for young 
men, who are well to do, but not wealthy, to become 
patrons of the turf. 

During the race week from fifty to one hundred and 
fifty horses are entered in the various events. The rid- 
ing is done by gentlemen jockeys, there being no profes- 
sionals in the country. The best animals are Chinese 
ponies, and next to them the Timor ponies. As the 
animals are ver}'' small and the riders are usually well 
built young men, the times made in the races are exceed- 
ingly good. The strength of these little animals, their 
endurance and vitality, are truly remarkable. The 
pony will enter three races in one day carrying a man 
weighing a hundred and thirty-five pounds, will run at 
full speed the entire distance, and will be seemingly as 
fresh and alert at the end of the last race as at the be- 
ginning of the meeting. The races are popular, and 
bring out the social world much more than do races 
around New York City. In place of a grand stand, and 
long boards, the practice in the Orient is to have a small, 
handsome stand for officers of the club and invited 
guests and numbers of private stands, each belonging to a 



36 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

member. The Btaods are two stories high, the lower 
one being used as a stablei and the upper, which is open 
on three sides, as a place where the owner entertains his 
friends. Lavish hospitality is shown during race week, 
every stand owner keeping open house. The table is set 
at the back part of the stand, and is supplied with cold 
meats, salads, biscuit, cake, sweetmeats, coffee and tea, 
and also champagne, vino tinto Bordeaux, brandy, 
Scotch whisky, ale, beer, and soda. The festivities last 
all day, both eating and drinking running on con- 
tinuously. 

Social pleasures are few and small, consisting chiefly 
of formal visits, or an interchange of courtesies between 
carriages. As for hotels, but little can be said in com- 
pliment to Manila. There is only one hotel worthy of 
the name, the Hotel de Oriental. It is very small meas- 
ured by American standards, having only eighty-three 
rooms for public service, and accommodations for 
twenty-five horses. It is clean, neat, well ventilated, 
and attractive. The service is first class, and the cook- 
ing admirable. Beside the leading dishes of the French 
cuisine it serves the national dishes of Spain so as to 
captivate the most fastidious eater. Its chicken, chile 
peppers and rice are a revelation to those who have 
never eaten that ancient Barcelona dish. On occasions 
it serves tamales larger than the Mexican article with a 
filling made of game instead of chicken, as is the case 
with the latter. Most notable of all, it dispenses a curry 
equal to the finest productions of Bombay or Calcutta. 
Its most popular curry is one made of camerones or large 
prawns, and the side dishes served with it include the 
Bombay duck, the Macassar red fish, fried breadfruit, 
fried onions, granulated roast peanuts, Spanish anchovies, 
grated young cocoanut, green and red chile ribbont. 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 37 

mango chutney, green chutney, English pickled wal« 
nuts, English mustard pickles, and palm farina. It is 
the most elaborate curry east of India, and is superior to 
anything in either the United States or even in Europe 
itself. 

The punkahs, or huge broad fans suspended from the 
ceiling, and swung with a rope by a coolie in an ad- 
jacent corridor, are spotlessly clean, and very artistic in 
design. The hotel f oral decorations are elaborate and 
very sightly. The Hotel de Madrid in Intramuros, the 
Hotel del Universa, and La Catalanta have good Spanish 
cooking, bad rooms, and very inferior service. La 
Esperanza Intramuros has the best cooking of all the 
Spanish establishments, and the worst lodging accommo- 
dations. There are others of which the reputation has 
traveled far and wide. They are said to be inferior to 
the vile inns of the Mongolian steppes where men, 
camels, horses, pigs, and goats, sleep together in the 
same room. 

At some period in the past a governor-general with a 
little more intelligence and less dishonesty than most of 
his class started a botanical garden. It opened with a 
flourish of trumpets and made a very attractive spot for 
citizen and visitor alike, but the next governor-general 
gave it no attention, and the poor garden has gone on 
from bad to worse, until it is now a very mournful 
spectacle. 

The annual budget shows that it is provided 
for by the authorities, and that several eminent gentle- 
men of scientific accomplishments take care of it, and are 
paid therefor by the state. They are never seen at the 
garden, and according to popular rumor are to be found 
at the colonial office in Madrid, where it is to be believed 
they draw or diseonnt their salaries with official prompt-* 



38 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

ness. A few policemen-soldiers are detailed to the 
garden to prevent British travelers from running away 
with the trees — and a handful of beggars monopolize the 
prettiest spots in the place, where they whine and howl 
for alms at the approach of every comer. 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 29 



CHAPTER IV. < 



THE PEOPLE OF MANILA. 



While Manila ooyers a large territory it is not as popu- 
lous as other oities of the same size. It grows steadily, 
and with a wise administration would be one of the first 
oities of the far East, but it is already surpassed by Hong 
Kong and Shanghai in population, and by both these 
oities as well as by Yokohama, Nagasaki, Singapore, and 
Batavia, in commerce, wealth, beauty, power, and civili- 
zation. The Spaniards who come out there do so with 
the intention of making a fortune, no matter by what 
means, in as short a time as possible, and of then return- 
ing to their native land. Thus the governing class is 
forever changing, and the institutions in which, by 
reason of their official position, they take a leading part, 
have no opportunity of developing in legitimate manner. 
The houses built by the government, or built at the gov- 
ernment's expense, make fine residences and add a cer- 
tain dignity to the place, but they are few in nuinber, 
and do not accommodate more than a tenth of the transi- 
tory office holders. These having no local interest ex- 
cepting that of greed and rapacity, live the best they 
can and make no improvements in the country of which 
they ought to be the chief supporters and aids. Many 
of the officials have a room or two, a little bungalow, 
and live and eat in the Spanish club, or at the cheap 
restaurants in the citadel or the suburbs. The «ame 



40 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

thing applies to a large extent to the foreign merchants. 
Even if they like the place well enough to remain^ the 
attitude of the governing classes is such that each and 
all are desirous of leaving the country at the earliest 
moment. Nevertheless, these men have far more public 
spirit than the ofiSoials. . 

They build fine homes, create beautiful gardens, erect 
substantial and even luxurious business establishments, 
subscribe for improvements and co-operate in measures 
for the public welfare. The Spaniards who live there 
are very poor, and through either the climate or heredity 
are slothful, unambitious, and unenergetic. The natives 
are sufiSoiently industrious to earn a comfortable living, 
but go no further for fear that they might be robbed by 
the official classes. The busiest people there are the 
Chinese and the Chinese half-breeds. These are always 
working, no matter what the weather. They bring the 
thrift and patience of Canton across the China Sea, and 
although they are '"squeezed" and blackmailed, they gen- 
erally manage to accumulate a competence. These 
varying tendencies express themselves in the growth and 
character of the population. A careful study of the 
census indicates very clearly the direction in which 
Manila is growing. The present population has, of 
course, been diminished by the war with the United 
States and the insurrection of Eizal and Aguinaldo. 
It is estimated to be about three hundred thousand, of 
which natives, chiefly Tagals, number two hundred thou- 
sand, the Chinese, forty thousand ; and the Chinese half- ' 
breeds fifty thousand, the Spaniards, including officials 
and Creoles, five thousand ; the Spanish half-breeds about 
twelve thousand, and Europeans and Americans, about 
four hundred. 

The number of Spaniards is very little larger now tbaa 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 41 

it was forty years ago. The number of foreigners is 
about the same. The number of Chinese increases 
slowly^ of natives more rapidly, and of both Spanish and 
Chinese half-breeds more rapidly still. These half-breeds 
tell an eloquent tale of the condition, both social and 
political. The Chinese half-breeds are an evidence of 
polygamy. A Chinese merchant usually has a Chinese 
wife, and one or more native slaves, servants or wives, 
the legal status being very vague. It is contrary to 
Spanish law and has to be paid for accordingly. The 
state of affairs, however, is not as bad as the statistics 
seem to indicate. To the Chinaman these half-breed 
children are generally as dear as those by his Chinese 
wife. He educates them carefully, and brings them up 
in his own business. They inherit from their mother 
the qualities which fit them for the climate, and from the 
Chinese side of the house the perseverance and indomi- 
table will which mark that race. They become prosper- 
ous merchants and wealthy men. The Spanish half-, 
breeds on the other side represent a very different condi- 
tion. They are usually the children of Spanish officers 
and officials by native women, and are viewed with no 
affection by their male parents, but, on the contrary, 
with dislike and even aversion. The father goes home 
to Spain after three or four years, making no provision 
for the unfortunate offspring. These grow up with 
no advantages, and with a stigma about them which is 
bound to hold them down through life. 

From this class the dangerous element of Manila is 
largely recruited. Some of them, it must be confessed, 
are remarkably handsome. They inherit the oval face 
and regular features of the Spaniards, the magnificent 
eyes, smooth velvety skin, and the supple grace of the 
Malay. They have the courtesy of the one, the sweei* 



42 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

ness and kindness of the other. The^* have a small moral 
nature, and a weak will power. The men beoome gam- 
blers and the women usually drift into the ranks of the 
lost. 

^ If things were left to themselves it is only a question 
of time when Manila would become a Chinese city, and 
it seems probable that under free access to the land the 
Philippines themselves would in a hundred years be- 
come a territory as thoroughly Chinese as Formosa itself. J 

In regard to costumes the streets of Manila afford a 
pleasant study for the traveler. The Spanish men dress 
either in their national style or imitate their next door 
neighbors the French. Even in the tropics they wear 
at times, the unlovely stovepipe hat, the black frock 
coat, and the black patent-leather shoes which seem to 
have a perpetual fascination for many branches of the 
liatin race. Some of them modify this costume with 
comfortable results. The black cloth coat is replaced by 
. one of silk, alpaca or mohair, the vest and trousers are 
of white or yellow linen, and the shoes are of black or 
white cloth and cut very low about the ankle. Some of 
then dispense with the vest and display a spotless linen 
shirt of the finest quality. 

It may be said at this point that the Spanish linen 
goods of Manila are equal to anything in the world. 
They are made by old-fashioned methods and are a trifle 
heavier than those worn by Americans, and they are also 
three times as strong and durable. The half-breeds 
usually follow either their Spanish parent or else take after 
the foreigners. The foreign fashions are led by the Eng- 
lish. The hat is a soft felt known as a terai, a light pith 
helmet covered with white or gray cloth, and sometimes 
a straw hat of either Manila or Panama. 

The clothing is of white linen, white ootton, Japanese 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 43 

orepe^ thin cloth. Nankin karkee, or seersuoker. The 
cotton is the military sack buttoned close up to the neck. 
Under it is worn a singlet, but no shirt or waistcoat. 
The Chinese wear proudly the costumes of Canton. The 
Chinese coolies wear a mere breech-cloth, or else a pair 
of cotton overalls reaching to the knee. The Chinese 
clerks wear dark blue blouses and light blue baggy 
trousers, while the Chinese merchants wear handsome 
robes of silk and satin, oftentimes richly embroidered. 
Many of the half-breeds and the poorer Spaniards have 
an odd trick of wearing the shirt over the trousers. 
This funny practice is adopted likewise by many of the 
natives, some of whom make it all the more ridiculous 
by wearing over the shirt, which is of white linen or 
yellow pina cloth, a dark colored short tailors' coat or 
jacket. The soldiers who are Spaniard and half-castes 
wear their uniforms. 

Neither Spanish women, nor women of other nationali- 
ties, are seen much on the street. Under Spanish 
etiquette it is bad form for a woman to go out walking 
alone, or with one of her own sex, and it is also bad form 
for them to be escorted by any man excepting their 
brother, husband, or father. When the}** do go out it is 
in a vehicle of some sort. They then dress for the occa- 
sion, and display good taste and a well-developed love of 
color in their apparel. The Chinese women's servants 
go about the streets with long coats of glazed brown, black 
or blue cotton cloth, and trousers of the same material. 
Chinese ladies are never seen in the streets, unless it be 
in a half-closed carriage. They are then attired in silk 
in all the colors of the rainbow. The native women 
have all the Malay love of color. The skirt is usually in 
two or more colors, the favorite tint being red, next to 
that white, and next to that green. They do not wear 



44 MANILA AND THE PMILIPl^INES. 

corsets, but a low white chemisette and a neckcloth or 
collarette, which meets the chemisette both at the front 
and back. The chemisette is finished by two immense 
baggy sleeyes, and the head is often covered with a 
mantle or mantilla in thin material. They wear no 
stockings, but slip their feet into a queer little slipper 
which consists of a small, flat sole with a little band or 
strap which goes across the foot. The peasant women come 
into the city every day with fruits and vegetables, eggs, 
and chickens, wear a short skirt which is covered in turn 
by a serong, or long piece of goods wrapped around the 
lower half of the body. The Yisaya women wear a 
serong and a kind of wrapper starting at the shoulders, 
and belted in at the waist. On holidays the native 
women wear gaudy gowns of silk or i|atin when the 
wearer is well-to-do, and of cotton or mixed goods when 
they are poor. Spaniards and natives alike are passion- 
ately fond of jewelry. They wear it upon all occasions 
whether festive or mournful, and on the great church 
holidays they wear every article of adornment which 
they can attach to themselves. The intense activity of 
northern cities is unknown to Manila. Everybody g'oes 
slowly and takes his ease. Business is done leisurely. 
Even the street peddlers sit motionless by the hour chat- 
ting, smoking, or dozing. The only healthful activity 
noticeable is that of the Englishman or American at one 
extreme, and the Chinaman at the other. On account of 
the climate, which is conducive to indolence, nearly every- 
body who can afford the time takes a nap or siesta in the 
middle of the day. The hours are not onerous in any 
calling. Coffee and fruit are served in the early mom- 
ins:. Breakfast is had about eight o'clock, tiffin, which is 
a substantial luncheon with several hot dishes, is taken 
about noon, and dinner is served at about eight at night. 



MAKlLA AN£> THE PttlUt»PiNES. 48) 

The theatersopen at half-past eight or nine. The influ- 
ence of one race upon another is well illustrated in Manila 
by the funerals. To one aooustomed to the silent de- 
corum observed in northern lands, the Manila practice is 
a queer combination of grewsome levity and bad taste. 
In place of a hearse there is a hideous bier on wheels, 
decorated with all sorts of cheap and tawdry ornaments. 
The team which draws the affairs must be of white 
horses, and the driver, a tall Malay, must wear black 
cloth, and the highest variety of stove-pipe hat. In 
front of the bier is a band of native musicians, whose 
numbers depend upon the wealth or the generosity of the 
bereaved family. They play dance music, the latest 
songs, and the most popular airs from Europe, and never 
anything solemn or serious. Behind the bier is a long 
line of carriages, the longer the most fashionable, and in 
the carriages everj^body is talking, smoking, and having 
a good time. If it were not for the bier the procession 
would be mistaken for a very jolly picnic part}*, and even 
the bier itself with its ridiculous assortment of orna- 
ments and decorations, and the driver with stovepipe 
hat, solemn coat, trousers to the knee, and bare legs and 
feet, present a spectacle at which the traveler must 
smile. 



46 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 



CHAPTER V. 

MANILA ABCHITECTUBE ESPECIALLY BOOFS. 

A TBAYELEB arriving in Manila is impressed strongly^ 
and at first unconsciously, by the buildings. He sees 
around bim a large, populous, and wealthy city, the evi- 
dences of an extensive commerce, and everywhere the 
resources which in all other lands produce palatial edi- 
fices, grand churches, and noble public buildings. But 
here it is all different. The only high buildings are the 
churches, and these are built with monstrously thick 
walls, strong enough to serve as fortifications. The 
towers, instead of rising in straight lines, go up in a 
series of steps ; the roofs are squat, heavy, and resemble 
the roofs of factories where vast machinery is in motion, 
and furnaces are ever pouring out fiame and smoke. 
The few public buildings are heavy, gloomy and jail-like 
in their exterior and interior. In the business quarter 
the houses are two stories, with enormously thick walls 
and partitions, and with beams and floors, cut with an 
apparently spendthrift hand, out of the choicest woods. 
In the suburbs are Malay bungalows supported on tiles 
or stone foundations, one-storied, and covered with 
thatch. In the Chinese quarter the buildings are chiefly 
one-storied, and where fcwo-storied have the lower one as 
solid as the everlasting hills, and the upper one light, 
and seemingly fragile. Here and there are buildings in 
which a wooden skeleton has been covered with huge 



\ 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 47 

sheets of galvanized iron. At other places are edifices 
which seem to be a cluster of cells^ such as might have 
been a cloister for monks in long-gone years. Every- -^ 
thing is fiat^ horizontal^ squat, and heavy. Barring the 
grace of the bungalow, there is nothing cheerful and 
artistic in any direction. 

The feeling of weight grows upon the visitor and 
probably gives a tinge of melancholy to his thoughts. 
It is not until a few days or weeks have passed by that 
he realizes the meaning of this fiattened-out architec- 
ture. The truth comes upon him suddenly, and then his 
feelings are changed from dislike to admiration. This 
architecture represents surrounding conditions. The 
architect and the builder have tried time and again to 
reproduce the beauty of European and Asiatic structures 
in this land but have failed. They were fighting against 
nature and nature was too strong for them. He who 
desires to put up a house in that country must contend 
against many terrible foes. There is first the heat of 
the climate and its heavy rain. These forbid light and 
flimsy construction. He must make preparation for the 
typhoon, which in its might will shatter an ordinary 
building like a house of cards. He must make allow- 
ance for the earthquake, which comes and goes as regu- 
larly as the revolving moon, and last of all he must fight 
from the day he sets a beam until it crumbles a mass 
of dust and sawdust the white ant, the worst plague of 
civilized life in the far East. 

Imagine for a second the strength and cruelty of these 
conditions. A twenty-four inch brick wall is considered 
extra strong for a two-story house in the United States, 
but in earthquake and typhoon countries, it collapses im- 
mediately. The average beam in American dwelling 
houses is three inches thick. A pine beam of those 



48 MANILA AND THE! l^HILIPt^lNfiS. 

dimensions will be eaten through and through by whiid 
ants in the tropics in a single year. A beam consisting 
of the trunk af a tree fifteen inches in diameter may be 
eaten through at one or more points within two years 
by these voracious insects. It is therefore evident that 
the less wood used the better for the safety of the 
occupant. The people of those lands have tried every 
conceivable experiment to overcome the white ants. 
They have tried varnishing the woods, and painting them 
with poisonous paints, but these seem to excite the ap- 
petite of the insects. They have tried and compared 
every kind of wood which can be used for building pur- 
poses. There is not one but what may be attacked by 
the ants. 

The insects manifest preferences, however. They attack 
pine, hemlock, chestnut, cherry, cedar, larch, and beech 
with every seeming indication of delight, while, on the 
other hand, they rarely approach ebony, teak, ironwood, 
mahogany, and lignum-vitse. They like black walnut, 
but are indifferent to bamboo. They like apple and ash, 
but dislike oak-bark and pitch-pine. The people in 
those countries, when they can afford it, use those 
woods in their building operations which are the least 
pleasing to the white ants. 

Where a ceiling is employed, it is nearly always of 
wood, and around it is a border of hatch-work. The 
openings allow light and air to enter the space between 
floor and ceiling, thus serving as an obstacle rather than 
a preventive of the ants. At the present time many of 
the roofs of city houses, and formerly nearly all, were 
tiled. So many accidents occurred from the collapse of 
a roof by the ants' eating out a beam or two that the 
iron roof was introduced, and thereafter the roof of cor- 
rugated and galvanized iron. This is proof against in^- 



MANILA AND THK PHILIPPINES. 4ft 

seots, and is also, when well-oonstruoted, an impregnable 
defense against typhoons and tropical rainstorms. So 
popular has this use of the metal become that many 
business edifices, storehouses, and factories, are now 
made of a framework of hard wood and iron, walled and 
roofed with the corrugated metal. It is employed also 
for the roofs of churches, and frequently for church tow- 
ers and spires. Not much can be said in favor of it on 
the score of beauty. The climate brings out rust in a 
short time, so that the general effect is cheap, inartistic, 
and dirty. 

It is a good conductor of heat, so that the iron houseft 
in summer are about as hot as the stoke room of an ocean 
steamer. Iron stairs, banisters, balconies, railings, and 
sills, are replacing wooden ones in Manila and a few of 
the smaller cities. In many factories, business build- 
ings and private residences, stone stairs and even stone 
balustrades are not uncommon. The conditions men- 
tioned render cellars dangerous and even deadly. There 
are a few made of stone in Manila, but they are heir- 
looms of antiquity. Neither tenant, buyer, nor builder 
will have them. They will never come into vogue in 
the islands until house materials are confined to iron, 
steel, stone, brick, slate and terra-cotta. On account of 
the white ants, brick and stone are used as far as ];>ossi- 
ble in house building. The beams of floors, and espe- 
cially of roofs, are thick and often massive. They are in- 
spected regularly in ordei; to ascertain if the insects have 
effected an entrance into the interior. The inspection 
consists in examining the ends of each beam, and strik- 
ing it at intervals along the surface with a light hammer 
or mallet. If the ants have begun to consume the inte- 
rior, the blow is followed by a hollow dead sound. The 
beam is immediately replaced by a new one. To hftte 



66 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

every facility, the avera^ice room is not ceiled, and more 
curious still, the beams go through the walls, the ends 
being flush with the exterior of the wall. In modern 
constructions of the better class, iron and steel beams, 
girders, and posts are employed, but the cases are rare 
exceptions to the general practice. 

The planks of the 'flooring are very thick and wide. 
In the houses and offices of the prosperous, they are 
made of teak, ironwood and other hard timbers. In a 
few mansions they are of ebony and other precious woods, 
and are cleaned and polished every day, producing a rich 
and beautiful effect. As the floors age and shrink with 
weathering, they are worn thinner, and knots and pieces 
are loosened and fall to the floor below. At the United 
States Consulate in Manila it was possible to look through 
the door of one of the rooms and see people in the drive- 
way beneath, while the main stairway was so perforated 
by wear, tear, and knotholes that it resembled those 
structures made of cast-iron lattice work used in front of 
ofBoe buildings in New York. 

The earthquakes and typhoons are reinforced in some 
parts of the Philippines by volcanoes. No one builds in 
those territories without taking these factors into her 
oaloulation. Of the terrors, the earthquake is probably \\ 

the most formidable. That of 1627 obliterated one of 
the highest mountains in the Archipelago. It fell in 
with a roar which was heard for hundreds of miles. In 
1675, an earthquake split in half a high mountain near 4 

the coast of Mindanao. The crevice must have reached 
far down into the interior of the earth, because the ocean 
rushed in with such force as to inundate the country be- 
yond over many square miles. Even in the present gen- 
eration there have been several tremendous seismic dis- 
turbanoea. 



I 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 61 

One began on September 16, 1852, and lasted for 
twenty-six days, during which period over ten thousand 
houses were shaken down. In 1863 was another power- 
ful series of shocks which did great damage. In 1880 
one-third of Manila was wrecked as if it had been bom- 
barded by modern artillery. The visitor can obtain 
good ideas of the enormous force of these convulsions of 
the earth at many points in the more crowded portions 
of the city. Not far from the river Fasig are the foun- 
dation walls of a handsome church, which was utterly 
ruined by an earthquake many years ago. It had been 
built to withstand a very strong shock. The walls were 
nearly ten feet thick, and were made of well-cut rock set 
in the best mortar and cement, and yet the portion that 
remains is marked and marred by crevices from an inch 
to two feet in width, and the stones, many of them of 
large size, which were split in half during the catastrophe, 
not only are separated by a wide breach between the 
halves, but the levels have been changed in many re- 
spects by several inches. It must have been that during 
the occurrence, the earth behaved more like a mass of 
liquid than like a solid. At different points it exhibited 
different kinds of motion. At one place it lifted every- 
thing, at another it sank a foot or more downward; at a 
third it slid laterally, and at a fourth it appeared to pro- 
ject objects upon the surface obliquely upward. The 
gloomy cathedral of Manila is said to have been much 
handsomer originally than it is to-day. When first built 
in 1578, it was on a par in size and beauty with many 
cathedrals in Europe. It had a high roof and towers, 
buttresses, and considerable ornamentation, but the first 
earthquake that came along leveled it to the earth. It 
was rebuilt with walls twice as thick, heavier and lower 
towers, ftnd broader and stronger buttress^. Again 



S3 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

the earthquake brought it a mass of fragments to the 
ground. It has been rebuilt entirely four or five times, 
and repaired thirty or forty. 

It is a fine-looking building to-day, but it is more 
massire and gloomy in its appearance than the immortal 
temple of Luxor on the Nile. In the old walled city of 
Manila there are many ancient buildings belonging to 
both the government and the Church. Many of them 
possess considerable architectural merit, especially when 
allowance is made for their surrounding conditions. 
Yet all of these are marked by the same heavy, stolid, 
and dismal feeling. The walls are reinforced by oblique 
buttresses, and in many cases are slightly oblique them- 
selves. There is little external ornament, and none of 
the class which can be dislodged by movements of the 
earth's surface. The doors and windows are small; 
many of the former have strong iron bars, and the latter 
iron bars and gratings. All show the marks of neglect 
and decay, and many of them bear the telltale marks of 
ancient earthquakes. They impress a person in the 
same way as the great ruined temples of Egypt, Italy, 
and Greece. 

The interior arrangement of the houses tends to follow 
the example of houses in Spain. In the interior of the 
house is an open quadrangle, or else there is a driveway 
through the house with a small courtyard in the interior 
or at the rear of the building, or the house sets back from 
the street, from which it is secluded by a high wall. 
These private houses are neat, and in view of all the cir- 
cumstances, comfortable and attractive. The ground 
floor is flush with the street or raised one, two or three 
steps. Booms, halls, carriageway, and the little quad- 
rangle in the interior, are usually well paved with blocks 
of e(909 brought; strange to sa^; not Irom their own 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 63 

quarries, but from far-away Amoy in China. Nearly 
every steamer of the local lines brings^ as an important 
part of its cargo, a thousand or more well-trimmed blocks 
of granite, or paving stones from that ancient and in- 
dustrious city. The stone walls are bare or covered with 
whitewash. The thick surfaces of lath and plaster, 
familiar to American eyes, are practically unknown out 
here. The reason is very simple; the first earthquake 
that came along, the smallest member of the earthquake 
family, would shake it loose and down upon the floor. 
Whitewash is just as clean, and involves no such danger. 

Stone stairways with an iron balustrade leads up to 
the second floor, which is scarcely any cosier or brighter 
than the ground floor. Overhead is a tile or iron roof, 
often doubled in order to have an air chamber between 
the two roofs. Windows and doors are left open as 
much as possible, and a good breeze, cool and refresh- 
ing, prevails in the night and early morning, and often 
throughout the day. The ground floor if it be gloomy, 
is oomparatively cool and comfortable, although the land 
is naturally low and marshy. Manila and Ho-IIo, and, in 
fact, in most of the civilized settlements there is very 
little malaria. This is probably due to the enormous 
animal and vegetable life forever preying upon itself, the 
liberal use of whitewash, the cleanly habits of the natives, 
and the dry heat of the climate. 

It is a common error that the Philippines are damp. 
Many of the neighboring lands are noted for their rain- 
fall, and the reputation has been extended to the Philip- 
pines. Not far awa3' is Singapore, of which Sir Stamford 
Baffles said: "It has two seasons, the dry and the wet. 
In the former it rains every fifteen minutes; in the latter 
ii rains all the time." 

In the Philippines the rainfall is modarate, being 
about one hundred wd twenty iaob^ a year; that at 



54 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

Luzon averaging about ninety-five, and at Mindanao 
about one hundred and thirty. When it does rain the 
fall is very copious and rapid. It thus combines the 
advantages of heavy rains ivhich clean the country, and 
a moderate rainfall which does not permit of the decay 
and decomposition found in Borneo and New Guinea. 
With the exception of the few buildings noticed — the 
cathedral, the governor-general's palace, the custom 
house, one or two church colleges, some monasteries and 
hospitals, there are practically no handsome buildings 
in the Philippines. There are many which are very 
comfortable and pleasant to the eye. Chief among these 
are the bungalows, which are wooden houses with a 
heavy thatch, and small European buildings, balf-oovered 
with vines and flowers. It requires no exertion on the 
part of an owner to make a home and house beautiful. 
Nature will do it all for her. Mosses and moulds form 
on every shaded wall and niche; vines and creepers 
spring from the soil and climb over every f a9ade. Flow- 
ers spring from the earth, and even from the walks in 
the yard, and trees sprout everywhere, as if endeavoring 
to bring back the wonderful forests which once covered 
nine-tenths of the islands. This beautifying force of 
nature makes the newer portion of the city and the 
suburbs a spectacle which always affords profound 
pleasure to the traveler's eye. Trees of every kind from 
the statuesque palm to the marvelous banyan and artistic 
bamboo, blazes and splashes of floral color at every place 
expected and unexpected; the air full of birds and but- 
terflies, each tree populated with a little colony of ani- 
mals; the brownish-green color of the thatched roofs, the 
moss-grown walls of the older houses; the level roads 
where the grass and weeds forever fight the pedestrian 
and the vehicle, all tend to make a picture of exquisite 
beauty. 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES 65 



CHAPTER VI. 

THE 8T0BES AND SHOPS. 

In its retail stores, Manila offers an interesting combi- 
nation of Spanish, Chinese, and native characteristics. 
As the Spanish themselves imitate the French, the mix- 
ture is all the more striking. There are attractive cafes 
like those of Madrid, and restaurants which are like, but 
still a long distance from, those of Paris; there are tailor 
shops and shoe stores, shirt stores, and dry goods em- 
poriums, which are almost copies of French and Spanish 
originals. There are hundreds of Chinese stores which 
are weak imitations of those in Hong Eong and Canton. 

The curious system of taxation pursued by the Spanish 
government bears so heavily upon trade that it does not 
pay to employ enterprise, or to carry large stocks of 
goods. The tax assessor regards goods and wares as in- 
vested wealth, the same as paintings, bank accounts, and 
gems. In fact, he prefers them for official purposes, be- 
cause they cannot be concealed like the other things 
mentioned. It makes no difference that goods may be, 
and generally are, bought on credit; that the only interest 
of the merchant is a small percentage of the value which 
will pay the expenses of his transactions, and yield a 
small profit — that is beyond the taxgather's intelligence. 
The tax comes down like the rain upon the just and un- 
just alike. The result of this system is that the mer- 
chant carries as small a stock as is possible in his sales- 



ft6 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

room and leaves the rest in a bonded warehouse. He 
also makes as little display as he can, because all dis- 
play means money, and all money is taxed. The condi- 
tion is a profound surprise to American and English 
women accustomed to the large establishments, the 
numerous clerks and the wide assortment of goods which 
mark the dry goods, millinery, boot and shoe trades of 
the Western world. 

The evil has its good side. If the stores carry small 
stocks of ready-made goods they are eager and prompt 
in making things to order. A man gets measured in his 
t)wn room in the hotel for shirts and linen clothing, select- 
ing the goods from a little book of samples. The tailor, 
who may be a Chinaman, half-breed native or foreigner, 
and scarcely ever a Spaniard, may have the goods at 
home or in the storehouse. He gets them out, makes 
them up in his own house, and delivers them with a 
promptitude worthy of being followed by American 
dealers. A woman has a similar experience. The dealer 
brings samples, or, if necessary, large pieces of the goods, 
for her to exercise a wise selection. Silks and pongees, 
laces and linens, nets and cotton goods ; ribbons and 
passementeries, each has its price fixed and the price of 
the labor — very low, by the way — is given by the dealer. 
She has her measure taken just about the same as in a 
tailor-made garment store in the largest cities of the 
United States. 

The goods are brought to try on, and within a brief 
period — ^not less than twenty-four hours — they are 
returned finished. This system compels every woman to 
exercise her own judgment, and produces a far greater 
variety in costumes and styles than what obtains in most 
civilized communities. It is very pleasantly visible on 
opera nights, when all the women in good society are 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 67 

■upposed to come and "show themselyes in dress parade." 
The Spanish woman has a fine artistic taste« inheriting 
the Spaniard's love of rich goods, the Moorish love for 
color, and acquiring the French love for contrast and 
decoration. In the audience there will be three hun- 
dred costumes, all different, and each worthy of the seal 
of approval by a fastidious critic. One costume will be 
of a softly-tinted silk or satin, with bare arms, low neck 
and back, with an over-garment from neck to wrist and 
throat to slippers, of old Spanish lace and passementerie, 
or net and bars of ribbons. Another striking costume is 
an underwaist and skirt of golden grayish pongee and a 
glove-fitting over-garment of black lace trimmed with 
black velvet applique. Through the meshes the rich 
olive skin of the wearer's arms and throat gleams out in 
delightful contrast. A fourth delightful costume will 
consist of a low, glove-fitting waist in bright satin, pink* 
blue or light green, embroidered with gold or silver braid 
and over it a lace and satin bolero, caught at the neck 
with a single jewel, or fastened there with a light chain 
of silver or of gold. 

There will be stately duennas in black velvet, dark 
maroon, olive, or the deepest blue rich materials. The 
traveler who attends the opera in Manila expecting to 
see people in queer or cheap attire is bound to be griev- 
ously disappointed. 

The jewelry stores in Manila are interesting and ex- 
cellent. The Spanish artificer learned his trade from the 
Moors, and like a true Bourbon has forgotten none of 
its good qualities. He has taught the natives in turn, 
and here, strange to say, the native women have sur- 
passed the men in taste, creative power, and workman- 
ship. In fact, the jewelry made by the Philippine women 
is famous throughout tbd jBast for its e^^c^U^oe. Spao- 



68 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

ards love a profusion of suoh ornaments as chatelaines, 
watchchains^ neoklaoes, belts, bracelets and rings, and in 
the making of these the native women exhibit wonderful 
skill. They do not limit themselves to one or two types, 
but display ever-changing novelty in each design. At 
the jewelry stores it is possible to buy chains of which 
each link is seemingly made of golden hair arranged in a 
tiny coil and tied with a true lovers' knot, with the ends 
so as to prevent its unraveling, or else with the seeming 
hairs braided into an exquisite and flexible braid. The 
little women do all this work, starting with the crude 
gold from the mines of the country, making their own 
alloys, drawing out the gold wire, beating it with ham- 
mer and anvil, and using every process, even the most 
scientific, known to the metal-smith. They set gems, 
but here they confine themselves chiefly to Spanish 
styles. The latter imbed the precious stones in metal 
rather than raise them on frames so that the light can be 
reflected and refracted at every facet and angle. 

Silver is still popular as an ornamental metal, and for 
such purposes as belts and heavy necklaces is as popular 
as gold, and in some instances is preferred to the latter 
metal. The women jewelers are also extremely skillful 
in making hatpins, hairpins, stickpins, and breast- 
pins. Here they follow nearly every school of ornament, 
using Spanish, Italian, French, English, Chinese, and 
Japanese models, and at times producing what are proba- 
bly modifications of the ancient savage ornaments of 
their own race. Of the latter may be mentioned pins 
whose heads represent creeses, with pearl or mother-of- 
pearl handles; and rubies, garnets, or red coral set in 
the blade to give the impression of drops of blood. 
Equally savage, but quite pretty, are jeweled and in- 
orusted lizards, half an inch, or even an inch in lengthy 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 69 

which are decorated with such a Tiew to chromatic con- 
trast that the little figures seem irridescent in a strong 
light. 

The shops and stands where the natives sell different 
kinds of basket-work are well worthy of visit and even 
study. In their savage state they were very skillful in 
preparing all sorts of vegetable fibers for braiding pur- 
poses^ and made hats, mats, clothes baskets and household 
utensils, which were of remarkable strength, durabil- 
ity and finish. The Spanish occupation has been of con- 
siderable benefit in this field. The Sisters of the various 
Orders have taught their pupils the artistic designs of 
Europe, as well as many secrets in d^^'eing, mottling, and 
enameling straws and the other materials employed. The 
Manila straw hats are famous even in New York and 
London for their lightness and beauty. They are equal 
to the finest Panamas, and the best qualities, which sel- 
dom reach the market, command as high as fifteen and 
twenty dollars gold apiece. The fiber employed in mak- 
ing these hats is the outer skin of a family of rattans. 
Only those canes are employed which are smooth, 
healthy, and free from discoloration. They are washed, 
dried, kept for a brief period in which they undergo 
some sweating treatment, and then the outer skin is re- 
moved with a sharp knife. It is softened with water 
and cut into filaments, some as thick as a match and some 
as thin as strong sewing thread. The mats made from 
this material are about the best covering for a mattress 
in warm weather that is known. The fibers are not cut 
particularly small, ranging from a quarter of an inch to a 
sixteenth. After they have been cut they are steeped in 
strong dyes, the object being first to color the tissues, 
second to make them stronger, and more durable, and 
^ird and most important, to make them disagreeable to 



id MANILA AND tbE 1>HILIPHNES. 

all forms of insect life. The faTorite colors are black, 
dark scarlet, dark green, and dark yellow, deep gray, 
and olive. They are then woven into mats ranging 
from two feet to seven feet square, the favorite size 
being five feet square. When spread upon a bed they 
permit the air to circulate through their interstices as 
well as to allow any perspiration to escape in the same 
manner. 

Their fiber is a non-conductor of heat and electricity, 
and possesses a hard polished surface, which is extremely 
grateful and cooling to the skin in warm weather. 
These bed mats are found in nearly every house, and are 
carried about by travelers both rich and poor. 

Wealthy people with artistic tastes use this handsome 
matting to wainscot and to upholster rooms. It is also 
employed upon lounges, sofas, chairs, hassocks, cush- 
ions, and even pillows. 

There are many bakeries and candy-makers, and their 
products are inviting to the eye as well as to the palate. 
Sugar is very cheap in the country, being made by 
European methods, and various kinds of flour are obtaina- 
ble from both European and Chinese merchants. The 
Gastilians have a very sweet tooth, and use cakes, candies 
and preserves more, probably, than any other people in 
Europe. They show the same tastes in their Eastern 
colonies. At every meal a standard dish is a paste or a 
very hard and firm sweet fruit jelly, boiled down until it 
is almost solid. It is made from guava, loquot, and other 
fruits and is very good eating. Even it is the native 
women who do the best work. They learned the indus- 
try from the Spaniards, but have surpassed their teachers 
in the purity, uniformity, and excellence of their goods. 

There are a few art stores in Manila, but their wares 
are apt to produce a smile on the part of a critic. There 



MANILA AND tHfi I>HILIPPINES, 61 

fire poor paintings from Europe, and still poorer copies 
of these by Chinese and native artists. Poorest of all 
are gaudy and hideous religious chromolithographs im- 
ported from Europe and intended for the ignorant 
whites and natives. The favorite is also one of the most 
terrible. It is the picture of the Virgin with reddish, 
yellow hair, a blue robe, long emaciated hands holding 
in them a bleeding heart nearly as large as her head, and 
from the heart are leaping tongues of yellow flame, and 
little clouds of white and black smoke. The picture is 
so ghastly as to be funny, but it appeals to the instinct 
of many human beings, and so probably does its own 
little work of good, no matter how unpleasant the impres- 
sion it may produce upon the tourist's mind. 

The restaurants of Manila are, as a class, not up to the 
standards of other cities in that part of the world. 
There are one or two patterned after the French which 
may be recommended ; there are several in the Chinese 
quarter which are models of cleanliness, neatness, and 
good cooking; but the rest are cheap, none too clean, and 
redolent of salt codfish, onions, garlic, poor oil, and 
other reminders of the Celt-Iberian Peninsula. It must 
be remembered that in Manila there are many poor 
Spaniards. They are compelled to work like those 
about them, and having no political influence they are 
unable to get even one of the poorly-paid clerkships in 
the government offices. They are obliged to compete 
with half-castes, half-educated natives, and with young 
Chinamen ambitious to learn the principles of European 
commerce. In such a competition wages sink to the 
lowest Asiatic levels, and hundreds of clerks, Spanish, 
half-breeds and natives — alike work for less than what 
is paid to an office boy in the United States. Clerks can 
be secured for twelve and ten dollars a month, and even 



62 MANILA AND THE PHlLl!»PlNES. 

Dine and eight. Upon this they manage somehow to 
support themselves and families. Their daily fare is of 
the simplest kind^ consisting of much rice, a little pork, 
a little fresh and salted fish, a fair amount of onions and 
garlic, and a large amount of cabbage, yam, and ]^other 
cheap vegetables. 

These are the patrons of the cheap restaurants, at some 
of which the meal, such as it is, can be secured for five 
cents. 

The fans of the bazaars deserve passing notice. Every- 
body uses that handy little article and the supply is 
large, cheap, and varied. The ordinary palm leaf costs 
but a fraction of a cent. The woven palms made by the 
Tagal women are a trifie more costly, ranging from one 
to five cents apiece, but are light, pretty, and durable. 
They are related apparently, to the fans of Siam and the 
Malay states. There are handsome fans from Madrid 
made of ivory, bone, lancewood, ebony, teak, and sandal 
wood, trimmed with silk, or laces and often ornamented 
with paintings, beads, spangles, and even jewels. These 
are as expensive in Manila as they are in America. Both 
natives and Chinese imitate the imported Spanish fans, 
and do their work so well that none but an expert can 
distinguish the difference. There are also rich fans from 
Canton in which ivory plain and carved is decorated 
with the tips of peacock feathers, or with quills dyed 
into a thousand flaming hues. There are very neat fans 
made with sandal-wood handles and eagle plumes, and 
the plumage of other birds. These seem very fragile, 
but in reality are more durable than the palm leaves. A 
pretty fan, half Spanish and half Malay, is manufactured 
of silk stretched upon an elastic wooden frame fastened to 
a handle, the silk being decorated with seed pearls, 
silver and gold spangles, and sometimes embroidery ia 
ooloni, silver and gold. 



MANILA AND THE tHlLlPHNfiS. 63 

llhere are almost no book stores in Manila. There are 
said to be two in the business district, and these carry a 
stock of a few cheap novels in French and Spanish, and 
a small assortment of prayer books and religious works. 
All the foreigners and the well-to-do Spaniards import 
what reading matter they use. In the case of the Span- 
iards it does not seem to be a very large quantity. 

The hot climate renders parasols and umbrellas a nec- 
essity as well as a luxury. Every man and woman owns 
at least a couple of umbrellas, and every woman an 
assortment of parasols. A few are imported from France 
and England, but the larger quantity are made by native 
artificers. Economy is relished in Manila more, per- 
haps, than in the big cifcies of the world. Both parasols 
and umbrellas when shabby or injured are promptly re- 
paired or recovered, and thus do duty for a long time. 
The cheapness of both labor and silk renders these re- 
pairs inexpensive, so that even the working classes are 
frequently the owners of umbrellas that in the United 
States would cost several dollars apiece. The china and 
earthern market is supplied from many sources. 

The well-to-do import their table ware from England, 
France, and Germany, and also patronize Chinese and 
Japanese goods. The middle classes use cheap Chinese 
articles, while the poorer classes employ the earthenware 
and pottery made by natives and half-breeds. This is 
well made, and some of it is notably neat and attractive. 
All of it is strong and very cheap. There is an abundant 
supply of good clay on the islands, and an inexhaustible 
amount of fuel wood, and lignite or brown coal. These 
enable the native potters to turn out cheap clay cooking 
and eating utensils in any desired amount. The most 
useful of these products are the ''monkeys" or water 
jars. These are unglazed earthenware bottles with a very 



64 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES, 

large body« a broad neck and a olay stopper. They am 
usually plain, but a few are decorated with line work 
and geometrical figures. When filled with water they 
are placed on the window sill or a table in the line of a 
draught. The water percolates very slowly through the 
earthenware forming a light perspiration on the surface. 
This is evaporated by the draught, absorbing heat from 
the monkey and its contents and thus cooling the water 
several degrees below the temperatiure of the surround- 
ing air. 

It was the only cool water that was had in Manila 
until American ships brought out cargoes of ice, and 
afterward an enterprising capitalist established ice* 
making machinery in that city. 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES, 65 



CHAPTER Vn. 

IfANILA's DAILT BBEAD — TOBAOOO. 

Just as the stockyards of Chicago are the first attrao- 
tiono \ehich is offered to the stranger within itsgates^ so 
the cigar factories of Manila are regarded by its citizens 
high and low. The view is justified by the facts. The 
tobacco industry is the chief source of revenue to both 
state, church politicians, and merchants. To the 
state it brings in at least eight million dollars a year; to 
the church about two million, to politicians a million, 
and to merchants about two millions. It gives employ- 
ment to several hundred thousand people, starting with 
the field laborers on the tobacco plantations to the opera- 
tives in the factories, and the makers of cigar ribbons, 
cigar box labels, and other trade supplies. While there 
is a native tobacco which grows in the Philippines it is 
never used for commercial purposes. It belongs to the 
same family as the Chinese and Japanese leaf, which is so 
harsh and penetrating as to be exceedingly offensive to 
European nostrils. The famous Manila tobacco is a de- 
scendant of plants taken from Mexico by missionaries in 
the latter part of the seventeenth century. The plants 
thrived remarkably in their new home, and in a few 
years grew numerous enough to make several large plan- 
tations. In 1686 the navigator Dampier found its cul- 
tivation carried on upon a large scale, and great multi- 
tudes of natives passionately addicted to the weed. At 



66 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES, 

that time it was a rarity in Europe, and it had not yet 
been selected by financiers as a leading support for gov- 
ernmental treasuries. The Spaniards, strange to say, did 
not realize the opportunity in this respect until 1781, 
when by a royal decree the entire tobacco business was 
made a state monopoly. This lasted until 1882, during 
which time the government paid little or no attention to 
the scientific culture of the plant. Its uniform excel- 
lence during that long period is convincing evidence of 
the richness of the Philippine soil. During all this time 
the Spanish government paid no attention to anything 
but the raising of as large an income as was possible. By 
one expedient after another, by laws of remarkable 
cruelty, they succeeded in raising the revenue from about 
two millions in 1840 to about five millions in 1859, and 
to about eight millions in 1870. The story of this legis- 
lation and political work will probably never be known 
in full; but the fragments which may be found in 
Spanish official publications reveal a system of tyranny, 
injustice, and inhumanity, so terrible as to be almost in« 
credible. In 1846, for example, the natives in Mindoro 
refused to bring in their crops, because they had not 
been paid for two years. 

Soldiers were sent into the tobacco district, and the 
ringleaders of the disaffection were shot. Others were 
flogged, imprisoned, and otherwise maltreated, partly to 
punish them for their contumely, and partly to frighten 
them in'to complying with the government's wishes. 
This was the straw which broke the camel's back. The 
natives set fire to their plantations, and ran away to the 
mountains, and the tobacco industry of Mindoro was 
practically annihilated. Laws were passed authorizing 
compulsory labor, and the natives in the northern prov- 
inces of Luzon were compelled to plant tobacco where 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 67 

before they planted maize and rice. All refusing to 
obey the commands were treaded as malefactors and 
punished according to the enormity of their disobedi- 
ence, and the dicretions of the military officer of the 
district. The poor creatures planted the tobacco so as 
to comply with the law, but then spent most of their 
time in making small clearings elsewhere, and raising 
food for their families. This pitiful attempt at self-sus- 
tenance was promptly met by the authorities with an- 
other law. Ever3^ family was compelled to raise at least 
four thousand plants per annum under a penalty of fine> 
dispossession, imprisonment, or all. This not bringing 
enough yield, another law was passed whereby any land 
not cultivated in tobacco was appropriated by the gOT- 
ernment, and given to any appointee upon condition that 
he would devote it to the precious leaf. 

When under the pressure of this frightful tyranny 
and of actual starvation the natives left their farms and 
went into the fastnesses of the interior, the government 
sent colonies from the middle islands of the archi- 
pelago up to the deserted fields, and there put them to 
work with a company of soldiers within a day's march- 
ing distance. When it was found that some philan- 
thropic Spaniards had helped the disobedient planters, 
an ancient law was revived whereby a native could not 
be held responsible for a debt exceeding five dollars; and 
all emigrants, colonists and tobacco farmers were per- 
mitted to liquidate them out of their earnings at tobacco 
planting. There appears to be no connection between 
these two things, but nearly all the Spaniards who did 
these things were creditors of the natives, advancing to 
them moneys for their support and that of their families 
to be repaid when the tobacco was sent in. The new 
laws enabled every dishonest native to evade his debts. 



68 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

and gaye the officials the power to out down his goyem- 
ment credits, so that the outside creditor would be un- 
able to receiye anything upon the debt. There is a cer- 
tain diabolic ingenuity about this which is worthy of the 
Sublime Porte. 

In 1880 the condition of affairs had grown so bad that 
eyen the Spanish landowners began to protest. If a 
landowner, for example, dared to smoke a leaf of tobacco 
growing on his own land, cultiyated by his own hand, at 
any place excepting inside the tobacco shed he was liable 
to arrest, and a fine with costs of seyen dollars and 
thirtyHieyen cents for one cigar, and one dollar and 
eighty-seyen cents for a cigarette. When it is remem- 
bered that a cigar in the Philippines costs about one 
cent in our money, and a cigarette one mill, the seyerity 
of the fine can be imagined, and yet in one proyince 
alone the annual ayerage of fines for this kind of offense 
rose from the passage of the law up to seyen thousand 
dollars. Another law gaye the officials the right of 
domiciliary search. The officers were allowed to enter a 
house at any time from sunrise to sunset to examine eyery 
part of the building, and the furniture, including trunks, 
boxes, barrels, and bales, and to strip men, women and 
children, and examine their clothing after it had been 
remoyed. In more than one thousand cases justly indig- 
nant husbands, fathers, brothers, and sons, attacked the 
officers of the law for their indecent treatment of the 
women of the household and killed them. In oyer one 
thousand cases they wounded the officials, but all those 
who displayed true manhood in this way were hunted 
down and shot as wild beasts. 

Finally the goyemment began to pay treasury notes 
instead of money for the tobacco, and staryation threat- 
ened the poor planters throughout the islands. In 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 69 

1883 the monopoly was at last abolished by law, and 
against the protests of many of the leading statesmen of 
Madrid. It was not the orueltj^ and inhumanity which 
caused the abolition of the system, but the certainty that 
the vast scheme would collapse and bring nothing to the 
state. Since that time the tobacco industry of the 
Philippines has prospered, using the term in a relative 
sense. 

The annual output has grown from year to year, and 
there has been some attempt made to improve the quality 
of the leaf. The exports the first year, 1883, were one 
hundred and ninety millions of cigars, and seven thou- 
sand tons of leaf tobacco, while in 1895, the last year of 
which there is any published record accessible, the 
cigars had leaped to two hundred millions, and the 
tobacco to fifteen thousand tons. At the present time 
the business is conducted without any interference on 
the part of the government. The Spanish law tends to 
favor its own citizens at the expense of foreigners, and 
the largest establishment is a huge corporation styled 
The General Oompany of Tobaccos of the Philippines. 
There are a number of Chinese manufacturers who do a 
very excellent business, and many smaller ^Spanish and 
native houses. Strange as it may seem to the govern- 
ment at home, the royal treasury at Madrid receives far 
more money under the present system than it did in the 
oruelest days of the monopoly. The tobacco factories in 
Manila range from small shops to establishments employ- 
ing hundreds, and even thousands of operatives. They 
are large, roomy buildings, well ventilated, and kept 
clean and well sanitated. The trade itself is healthful, 
emanations of the leaf being very distasteful to all forms 
of insect life, and acting as a germicide of some efiS- 
oiency. The operatives are mainly girls and women. 



70 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

mostly half-castes and natives. They are industrious, 
well-behaved, neat in their appearance, and as a class 
attractive. They compare favorably with the cigarette 
girls of the eastern cities, and like them are fond of 
light social recreation when their work is done. 

In the same factory all branches of work are carried 
on. In one section cheroots are produced, in another 
cigars, in a third, rolls similar to American stogies, in a 
fourth folded cigarettes, in a fifth pasted cigarettes, in 
a sixth picadura, or short-cut smoking tobacco, and in a 
seventh prepared leaf for exportation. There is also a 
box-making department where improved American 
machinery turns out cigar boxes, in a never ending 
stream, a paste board box division, a packing box de- 
partment, and a printing department for labels and 
wrappers. 

Everybody smokes in the islands, native and foreign, 
man, woman and child. The market-woman whiffs her 
cigarette and the Tagal grandmother may be seen draw- 
ing upon a huge cheroot. The tobacco is milder and 
not so well flavored as the Guban. It comes close to the 
Mexican leaf from which it is descended, but according 
to experts is a trifle better than the latter. Under good 
local government the industry would quickly double and 
treble its present proportions. The fields are not prop- 
erly cultivated owing to the lack of efficient imple- 
ments. 

The greater burden upon it is the absence of not only 
railroads, but of even decent thoroughfares. While 
there are many good roads on Luzon they only serve to 
make the other and more numerous ones look worse by 
comparison. Qood roads running through the tobacco 
district, and, better still, well-managed railways, would 
open up splendid districts now unavailable, and reduce 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 71 

the expense of transportation to a quarter, and even less, 
of what it now is. 

For some mysterious reason the United States has not 
thus far been a good customer of the Philippine tobacco 
industry We take enormous quantities of sugar and 
hemp, but of their cigars, cigarettes and tobacco, we 
took according to last advices, only about five thousand 
dollars' worth in a year, not so much as any one of the 
leading European nations, China, Japan, India, Egj'pt, 
Australia, or even New Zealand. The only explanation 
which can be offered is that the American palate has 
been spoiled by the Yuelta Aba jo leaf of Cuba, and the 
golden leaf of Virginia, North Carolina, and Kentucky. 



i 



72 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 



CHAPTER VUL 

ABOUin) LUZON. 

The absence of proper railway facilities is not a great 
drawback in the Philippines, the wonderful ooasi-line 
enables the traveler to do her journeying in a much more 
pleasant fashion by water. There are little light- 
draught steamboats which go almost everywhere, and 
which charge very low fares and upon every navigable 
steam, lake, and bay, are bancas, canoes and other boats 
which can be hired for an insignificant sum. Thus to 
reach the northern part of Luzon, you take a broad- 
bowed and fat-bellied steamboat which looks for all the 
world like the hull of an American ferryboat fitted with 
the upper works of an English channel steamer. It goes 
from port to port, stopping apparently at any place where 
it can pick up a passenger, or a piece of freight. It 
goes as far as San Fernando, which is not far from Cape 
Bojeador, where it lands at a wooden pier similar to the 
dilapidated wharves that are found at decaying towns on 
the Long Island Sound. 

There is no hotel at the place, not even an inn of the 
lowest type, the people, however, are hospitable here as 
they are throughout the country. It should be said to 
the credit of the Spaniard that he is always hospitable 
as well as always courteous. This hospitality does not 
mean generosity, because he expects the same hospitality 
when he goes to any other town. Thus, in the course of 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 73 

a year, the number of people be bas entertained is just 
about the same as the number of times be bas been 
entertained. 

From here the favorite route for the tourist is to the 
little town of La Trinidad. The country is mountainous 
and picturesque. In its general appearance it suggests 
the Gatskills^ although the mountains probably average a 
little higher. The official surveys give a few summits at 
four thousand feet and a great man}' at three thousand. 
The valleys are sharp and well defined, and even in the 
dry season there are numberless waterfalls of extraordi- 
nary beauty. Vegetable growth is more than luxuriant, 
and prevents a passenger from riding out of the road or 
beaten path even if she so desires. 

There is very little danger to the traveler in this part 
of Luzon. The natives are docile, and seldom run 
amuck or join the oath-bound organization known as the 
juramentada. There are no wild beasts worthy of men- 
tion, the only animals from whom aught can be feared 
being the crocodile and the anaconda. The former is 
large and ferocious, but seldom goes out of his lair to 
attack human beings, having learned in all probability an 
unconscious respect for the two-legged animal which 
carries a long and noisy metal tube The anaconda is a 
crafty reptile, and when very hungry will attack man 
as well as beast. It grows to enormous size in th« 
Philippines, one captured by the Ann Arbor expedition 
a few years ago being thirty feet long and more than a 
foot in diameter. Another one which was killed in the 
sixties is still seen in the form of a well-tanned hide 
in Manila. A part of the tail has been lost, and pieces 
of the skin have been cut or torn away, but even as it 
remains it is twenty-three feet long, and forty-eight 
inches wide at the widest point, indicating a diameter of 
about fifteen inches. 



74 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

These monsters have a mode of attack whioh^ so far as 
is known, is not employed by the snakes of North 
America. They constrict like all snakes of their family, 
but in addition they also strike a blow, using the head 
and neck as a projectile, with four or five feet of the body 
as the impelling instrument. The blow is extremely 
rapid, and as the part employed will weigh from fifty to 
a hundred pounds the shock is so great as to knock 
down, and even render unconscious, a man, deer, horse, 
or even young buffalo. 

The attack is followed up instantly, and before the 
luckless victim regains consciousness all life has been 
crushed out by the folds of the great serpent. 

In traveling, the athlete can walk, but is bound to 
have his shoes out by the sharp angles and edges of the 
broken volcanic rock which crops out every here and 
there in the roadway. The favorite mode of locomotion 
is on the back of a Philippine pony. This pretty little 
animal suggests the Shetland of Great Britain. It is 
very small, patient, affectionate, sure-footed, and intelli- 
gent. Though the climate is very warm it is quite 
shaggy, and from the rocky environment it is almost as 
sure-footed as the mountain goat. They look too small 
for a person to ride, and yet, by the wisdom of nature 
they are so adapted to their country, that they will out- 
last an imported horse of twice their size and seemingly 
ten times their strength. A tall man can only ride them 
by bending his knees, otherwise his feet would be on 
the ground all the time. The natives, who are like most 
orientals, kind to their brute creatures, ride the ponies 
on the level and going uphill. In going downhill they 
invariably alight and walk. 

This is due as much to caution as to regard for the 
animal. The Philippine pony in going down a rocky 



MANILA AND THE PHlLIPl^INES. W 

hill puts its head down quite close to the round as if to 
examine the texture of the soil and rock. The angle 
made is sharper than the angle of the hill, and nine 
riders out of ten signalize the event by shooting precipi- 
tately over the pony's head. The harness is quite 
unique. The saddle is a modified Spanish saddle with 
less wood and leather than those employed in our South- 
west. Everything else is made of Manila twine, or 
Manila native-made rope — the stirrup straps, belly-band, 
bridle, and even the extra girth, are made of hemp 
twisted or braided into a cord scarcely a quarter of an 
inch in diameter. Some of the more prosperous natives 
have straps made by braiding or weaving the twine or 
by fastening together four, five, or six cords so as to 
lie parallel in a flat surface. When well made this har- 
ness is strong and serviceable. It is also cooler and 
pleasanter for the animal than heavy straps of leather ; 
but most of it is not well made, and much of that which 
is well made is so worn as to be frayed, and at places 
half rubbed through. Where your harness is of the 
latter variety it breaks with extraordinary regularity, 
and you spend considerable time in getting off tying the 
ends together in hard knots, readjusting the strap and 
getting on again. 

The land under cultivation in this district belongs to 
the church, rich landed proprietors, or to nobles and 
politicians at Madrid. It is kept in good condition, the 
fields being well plowed and finely cultivated, and each 
field being walled in as it were by a low embankment of 
sod and clay from one to two feet in thickness. 

These walls serve as boundaries, and also as dams for 
retaining the rainwater which falls and that which 
trickles from fields lying upon higher levels. The farm- 
ers are almost as careful as those of China, where every 



76 MANILA AND THfi PHILIPPINES. 

drop of water is utilized to the utmost. The fields are 
very productive, giving noble crops of rice, tobacco, and 
other vegetable growths, and where, when set aside for 
poultry raising, or grazing, support the animal charges 
with great ease. 

Everything produced belongs to the landlord, and the 
peasants who raise them are allowed a daily stipend of 
rice, one pair of trousers a year for a man, and one skirt, 
and one scarf per year for the woman. Every day the 
buffalo carts pass you, carrying huge loads of rice, to- 
bacco, and grain, or fresh vegetables, or herds of 
tuffaloes, cattle, and ponies, but all goes to distant cities, 
or ports for the benefit of absentee landlords, and almost 
nothing remains for the wretched people who have pro- 
duced them. 

These people are too poor to use meat of any sort, 
poultry, or even eggs. For animal food they depend 
upon the fish in the sea, and upon the buffalo milk, which 
their white employers look down upon with disgust. 
And yet, despite their poverty and degradation, they are 
extremely polite, and as you pass, the men raise their 
hats, and the women courtesy with all the grace of the 
Spanish grandee from whom they have learned their 
manners. The carts, not only here, but all through the 
Philippines, are very funny. They are strong, heavy, 
and clumsy, and their wheels are solid circles or disks 
of hard wood, ranging from two to six inches in width. 
They squeak as they move, and make a discord so un- 
earthly that in clear, calm weather, they can be heard 
several miles. The carts are drawn by the Philippine 
buffaloes which seem a connecting link between a cow 
and an elephant. They have a livid pink skin, spattered 
with huge bristles, wide spreading and powerful homs^ 
and a body that seems fully a yard in diameter. 



Manila and the i>hilippines. W 

As yoa progress further south you encounter the coral 
formation. It is met with on low levels, seldom more 
than twenty feet above the level of the sea. Ages of 
weathering have compacted it so that it makes very good 
building material. It is used as a foundation for the 
bouses of the well to do, of public buildings and of 
churches, but the labor expended upon it is too valuable, 
although it amounts to but a few cents a day, for the 
coral rock to be used by the comon people. 

Through this part of Luzon an observant traveler will 
be surprised at the decay of the church. Nearly every 
building used for church purposes is more or less dilapi- 
dated, and many are half ruined. In the handsomer 
ones there are still evidences of great wealth ; but these 
on examination prove to be of the last century, and not 
of the present one. The reason of the decay is not far to 
see. When the church began its work the land belonged 
largely to the natives, who were prosperous and free 
handed with their gains. They gave liberally to the 
church, and in many instance built edifices which would 
be a credit to any country, but the industrial political 
system undermined all this prosperity. The lands 
passed from the natives to the church and to private 
owners, to officials, and finally to nobles in Madrid, and 
to bankers and usurers in both that capital and Paris. 

The former owners became peasants, and year after 
year their lot became harder and harder. As they grew 
poorer their contributions necessarily ceased, and the 
church itself disposed of many of its estates to private 
citizens. So it went on, from bad to worse, until to-day 
the lot of the peasant in the Philippines is much worse 
than that of the coolie in the poorest district of the 
Province of Canton in Ohina. 

When a man has only one pair of trousers a year^ and 



78 Manila and tME fniLifpiNES. 

like to appear neat and attractive on high days and holi- 
days^ he is very apt to put that pair aside when he is at 
work. This is what occurs throughout the Philippines. 
Hundreds of thousands go about perfectly naked^ and an 
equally large« and perhaps larger number, wear the small- 
est possible breech cloth/ held in position by a rope tied 
round the waist, serving both as a garment and a pocket. 
To a visitor from a western civilization there is no more 
striking spectacle than a group or caravan of carriers in 
the mountainous districts of Luzon. The first man, 
usually the head man, wears a loin cloth and a home- 
made straw hat about the size and shape of an archery 
target. Behind him comes a long line of naked, bronze 
human beings, each with a bamboo frame on his back, 
fastened to his body by narrow shoulder straps, and a 
broad band of either leather or Manila rope around the 
forehead. Nearly all the weight is thrown upon the 
forehead, a mode of carrying entirely unknown to Eng- 
land or America. In this district the roads exist only 
in name. They are hardly bridle paths. Many of them 
are what in western vernacular would be termed 
"blazes." 

This northern district of Luzon deserves thorough ex- 
ploitation by competent specialists. It is up here, not 
far from La Trinidad, that they have found a large out- 
crop of gold-bearing quartz, which is worked by the 
natives in the most primitive style possible. They break 
off a piece of the quartz comminute it upon a rock with a 
round piece of the same material, and then grind it to a 
powder sweeping this into a basin of water, and there 
washing away the particles of stone until nothing is left 
in the bottom, but a few grains of gold. Some of the 
more intelligent natives heat the quartz rock in a bonfire 
and throw it, when red hot, into a pail of water. The 



Manila and the Philippines. 79 

rook behaves as glass does under the same circumstances^ 
crackling and crumbling into a mass of brittle and fria- 
ble fragments. Working this way a man and his wife 
can make a dollar's worth of gold a week which they 
sell to the Spanish speculators, at one-half of its real 
value. But fifty cents a week makes a very good living 
for a man in that part of the world. He can have two 
pair of trousers a year, and his wife can have two skirts. 
The gold country is situated between Kapouga and La 
Trinidad, and the main ledge, what would be termed the 
mother lode, has been traced o£E and on for ten miles. 
There is also placer gold, but the only ones who have 
ever worked it with any profit have been Chinese miners 
who had received their training in California. Neither 
the natives, nor the Spaniards have ever attempted the 
task upon a large scale, or have made a sufficient profit 
upon a small one. Near Kapouga there is another for- 
mation of quartz carrying silver-bearing lead. It has 
been used for the production of the latter metal, but the 
difficulty in transportation has been too great an obstacle 
for the energj* and enterprise of the inhabitants. For 
the benefit of miners it may be added that there is an 
unlimited supply of fresh water, with a fall sufficient to 
run a thousand turbines. There is an inexhaustible 
amount of wood, of the toughest and strongest kind, 
suitable for timbering mines and for supplying fuel. 
The mining country is on very high land, ranging from 
three to six thousand feet above the level of the sea. It 
is free from malaria, and provides excellent shooting and 
fishing for those who care for sport, or who like to im- 
prove the ordinary food supply of the district. The 
province is also interesting in respect to its population. 
This is very much mixed. The most prominent, if not 
the most numerous type, are the mountain IndianSi oi^ 



80 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPlNfiS. 

mountain Malay a, who are tall, dark, muscular men, 
averaging about five feet four, and some reaching as 
high as five feet eight inches. They are active, ener- 
getic, but are said to be untruthful and dishonest. 
Those on the coast and in the lowlands are much 
smaller, averaging about five feet in height^ of thinner 
build, and smaller muscular development. They are not 
very strong, but are very lazy. They work half-heart- 
edly, and get tired quickly. They are good natured, 
taking nothing seriously. They make poor workingmen, 
but, on the other hand, they are said to be singularly 
affectionate, loyal, truthful, and honest. A third type 
is a brown race, known as the Garoti. These are be- 
lieved to have been the race that immediately succeeded 
the original negroid stock, and preceded the Malay stock. 
They resemble the Papuans, and preserve, even to-day 
many, if not most, of their savage rites, ceremonies, and 
superstitions. Both men and women are tattooed, the 
men decorating the arms and hands, and the women the 
upper arm, shoulders, and neck. They have queer musi- 
cal instruments, consisting of copper gongs which are 
struck with small sticks, and wooden drums with snake 
skin heads three feet long, but only five or six inches in 
diameter. 

This odd affair gives a double note when struck. 
There is first the tang of the skin, sharp and short, and 
then a mufSed roar from the wooden body, which serves 
partly as a sounding board, and partly as a generator of 
sound. The men are rather well built, and the young 
women are very attractive and exquisitely shapely. 
From the age of thirteen to about twenty their forms 
will compare favorable with classic models. Then they 
age rapidly and soon become wrinkled and unattractive. 
At stated seasons of the year they hold feasts, whoso 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 8l 

exact object and nature they conceal, or else which the 
Spaniards do not understand. These festivals last two, 
and even three days, continuously. No one is supposed 
to sleep, but is in duty bound to keep up the programme 
of eating, drinking, smoking, dancing, and singing. 

The feast is opened by killing and cooking a young 
buffalo, several pigs, and a score of chickens. These are 
served with boiled rice, and a little salt, and are washed 
down with a weak fermented liquor that is supposed to 
be a rice beer, flavored with barks and fruit. It has not 
been anaylzed, but cannot contain more than two or 
three per cent, of alcohol. It is a little stronger, there- 
fore, than ginger pop, but not quite so strong as small 
beer. The women use it by the quart, and the men by 
the gallon, and as none of them seem inebriated, the 
beverage is probably quite harmless. The singing and 
dancing reminds one of similar performances by the 
Indians of the plains. The time is good, but the melo- 
dy is simple and somewhat wearisome. The dance is be- 
gun by one or two pairs, each pair consisting of a man 
and a woman. They move forward and back, and in 
separate circles, both to the right and the left, using 
arms and legs at the same time. 

The steps are three in character, one being similar 
to the waltz step, another being a flat shuffle, and a third 
being a hop such as marked the old fashioned hop waltz. 
With tho arms there is - greater variety and freedom of 
movement, the woman surpassing the man in this re- 
spect. The latter has his arms stretched outward, mov- 
ing them forward and back, up and down, graduating 
each movement with the step of his feet. The woman 
moves her arms from a bended position over the head, a 
full demicircle to a bended position behind the back. 
She also sways her body forward and back, and side- 



Si MANILA AND THE) PttlLif PINES. 

ways^ and has a curious hitoh or twist of the hips, some-* 
thing like that of the houlah houlah dancers of Hawaii. 
Frequently the man will snap his fingers like castanets, 
or clap his hands. After the first pair or two get 
tired, they step backward from the dancing space, and 
are immediately congratulated, thanked, and rewarded 
with immense bowls of the native beer. In the mean- 
time their places have been taken by others. Toward 
the early hours of the morning the pairs are increased 
until thirty or forty are in full movement, with a hun- 
dred beating time with their hands and feet, and hum- 
ming, or even chanting rude melodies, whose tempo 
coincides with that of the dance. There is a fire burn- 
ing day and night, which throws wavering light upon 
the throng; smoky torches burn here and there, and in 
some corner the familiar kerosene lamp recalls the far- 
off civilization. The man's costume is a light blanket, 
and a pair of trousers, and the woman's a smaller blanket 
and skirt, from the waist to halfway below the knee. 
On the second day they looked haggard and exhausted, 
but they keep on as if impelled by a religious duty, 
until they reach the appointed time for closing, and 
then most of them are so worn out that they sink down, 
and are immediately sound asleep in the very center of 
the hall or place of meeting. 

These Garotis are braver and more feared than the 
peasantry further north, or the coast dwellers and men 
of the lowlands. They, therefore, are not so poor, and 
have more enjo^'ment in life. The well-to-do usually 
possess one shirt, which they wear upon the great religi- 
ous festival, and the women will own a shawl and a few 
a coarse lace mantilla. The last-named owner is looked 
up to as an almost unearthly being by her less fortunate 
sisters and neighbors. 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 83 

The houses are small huts made of wood leaves and 
thatch, and contain but one room. There is a bed in 
the corner, and some wooden contrivance serving as a 
table or stand. The fireplace is in the middle, and is 
used for smoking meats as well as for cooking. All of 
these savages understand the preservative nature of 
smoke and apply it to fish, flesh, and fowl, with good 
practical skill. Overhead the cross beams and girders 
are utilized as a storage in which are kept rice, corn, 
dried animal food and such vegetables as do not decay 
readily. It is clear that in this part of Luzon at least 
there has been but little racial change in many centuries. 
The mountain men, the peasants, the men of the coast 
and lowlands, and the Oarotis each occupies his own 
neighborhood, acknowledging the rights of the others to 
theirs. While they are not particularly friendly, they 
are not at feud, but each carries on his own way of living 
without reference or thought as to those of his neigh- 
bors. The Spaniards declare that this was the condition 
of Luzon when they first took possession of the island, 
a nd that the people are about the same in every respect 
as they were three hundred years ago, with the excep- 
tion that two-thirds have been nominally, if not actually, 
christianized. Even the Spaniards themselves admit 
that these races, brown, yellow, and yellow brown, have 
not improved greatly in the three hundred years, and 
that at heart many of them still cherish the savage prac- 
tices and superstitions which have always been pro- 
hibited by Spanish law. No attempt worthy' of mention 
has been made to educate them. They keep up their old 
languages, and many understand scarcely a word of the 
legal tongue of the country. 



84 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES, 



CHAPTER IX. 

CAVITE. 

Southwest of the province of Manila lies that of 
Cavite, one of the most important in the island of Luzon. 
At the northern end the territory runs out in a long 
peninsula, whose end turns and splits into two small 
penisulas pointing toward the mainland. This is the 
site of the city of Cavite which, beside being the capital 
of the province, is also the northern naval station of the 
Philippine government. The northwest coast of Cavite 
forms one of the shores of Manila IB&y. On the south it 
is shut in by a high range of hills or mountains, and on 
the east it is bounded by La Laguna, or Lake Count3\ 
At its extreme northwest it touches the famous lake 
known as Laguna de Bay, whose beauty and picturesque 
scenery have made it a favorite place for visitors as well 
as natives. The province of Cavite is traversed by many 
small streams running from southeast to northwest, and 
breaking through what was once a line of low hills. The 
bay of Cavite is shaped something like a shoe, of which 
the upper part lies between the arsenal at the. point and 
the Manila mainland : the heel runs into the latter dis- 
trict and the toe runs out into the peninsula, so that at 
one point the latter is practically an isthmus. The prov- 
ince is very fertile, and is in a high state of cultivation. 
It is well populated, the natives being very good types of 
the Tagal ri^ce. The town i^ fortified, and within it9 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 85 

walls are some substantial houses^ a theatre, several toler* 
able hotels, four good cafes, two well-built churches, and 
the goyernment works at the navy yard. There are no 
sewers, and the poorer districts of the city are very 
filthy. During the hot season the city dirt decays, pro- 
ducing vile odors and more or less malaria. There are 
both fevers and choleraic disorders during this portion 
of the year. In the rainy season, and in winter the 
place is quite healthful, although the streets are often 
too muddy for comfortable locomotion. The surround- 
ing country bears the evidence of an industrious com- 
munity. These appearances aie not deceptive. There 
are many farms and plantations, and the harvests are 
large and valuable. There is an extensive coast tra£So, 
the passengers going by small light-draft steamers, and 
produce of all sorts is carried in part by steamers, but in 
chief by sailing vessels. 

The bay of Cavite is a good place to study the naval 
architecture of that part of the world. There are always 
several warships in port, ranging from ancient Spanish 
gunboats to the latest output of the British shipyards. 
There are many steamers plying between Manila, Japan, 
China, Hong Kong, and Singapore. These are usually 
small, or medium-sized vessels ranging from five hundred 
tons to about two thousand. The average is about a 
thousand tons burden. Here is one of the few places 
where the American flag can still be seen. The old clip- 
per ships have not entirely passed away, and two or more 
are almost always at Cavite waiting to load with hemp, 
sugar, hard woods, dye woods and other products of the 
soil. Now and then a light-draught Spanish gunboat 
built for these waters comes into port. It looks like 
nothing seen at home. It is armed with several small 
cannon^ usually two or three rapid-fire guns. There 



86 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

is a main deck well shut in^ and an upper deck partly 
covered with awning and partly with a half deck over the 
oflScers' quarters. Here the meals are served, the ham- 
mocks swung at night, and visitors received in the even- 
ing. If there be any breeze it is bound to be felt on this 
deck, which makes it very popular with the navy. 

These gunboats draw from three to eight feet of water, 
and can ascend many of the smaller rivers to the towns 
or rendezvous of refractory natives. The native craft 
are quite numerous, and range from canoes and long 
bancas to wide, round bowed, flat-bottomed freight boats. 
These boats carry two or three masts with lateen sails 
stiffened by bamboo ribs. They sail very well before the 
wind, and are perfectly safe. They make excessive lee- 
way when the wind is abeam, and are slower than the 
proverbial snail when the wind is ahead. In stormy 
weather the Malay crews throw a drag from the stem, 
which steadies the vesseel to an extraordinary extent. 
The anchor is generally of European make, but some- 
times of native build, consisting of the hard and tough 
timber of the forests loaded with lead or with iron bolts 
and rings. Occasionally these boats will have small 
cabins, but the majority have have semicircular mov- 
able hood roofs running from the helmsman's afterdeck 
to the forecastle, where the anchor windlass and heavy 
poles and sweeps are carried. 

While these boats look clumsy and even uncouth, they 
are remarkably strong and seaworthy. Some of them 
have an extra planking of a native wood which has the 
same quality as the cellulose used on modern warships. 
It yields when a shot is fired into it, and immediately 
closes again, keeping all the water out. This is a relic 
of the pirate days when the Malays astonished European 
^ar sloops by sailing; away unconcernedly after their 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES 87 

oraft had been shot through a dozen times. The fisher- 
men are very skillful^ and make use of every kno-wn 
deyiee in their calling. They have a drop net which is 
stretched on a frame of bamboos ten feet square. They 
also use long nets and huge scoop nets suspended from a 
heavy rope fastened to the sterns of two smacks. The 
vessel sails before the wind with just enough divergence 
of the helm to keep the rope taut. The net hangs from 
this pouching downward and backward, and coming up 
to a second rope drawn parallel and nearly below the 
first. This style of fishing is employed when there are 
schools of fish running on or near the surface of the sea, 
and in such instances it will often take a catch of several 
tons. 

^Another pleasant feature of the bay is the number of 
steam launches darting here and there. There are no 
wharves at Cavite. The only places where a ship can 
touch the land is at the navy yard in Cavite, and in the 
Pasig river at Manila. 

The people of the province are noted for their intelli- 
gence, and also for the revolutionary spirit. It is in this 
district that no less than twenty uprisings have occurred 
within the present century. Many of the natives have 
had the advantages of education, as have a larger per- 
centage of the half-breeds. They detest Spanish rule, 
and have an unrelenting hatred of the friars, to whom 
they ascribe most of their misfortunes. The many water- 
courses and the thick underbrush and jungle make the 
country di£Scult of invasion and easy of defense. During 
the rebellion in 1896-97 the men of Cavite, under the 
leadership of Aguinaldo and other revolutionists, held 
Spanish arms at bay with only one-half as many follow- 
ers as there were troops, and during the trouble killed 
9in4 woi;iQc|ed piore thai^ nin^ thousftnd o| their enemies. 



88 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

Cavite was settled at about the same time as Manila^ and 
it was only through the personal preferences of the first 
governor-general that the capital was located at the lat- 
ter city. It was captured by the Chinese in the seven- 
teenth century ; b^^ the British in the eighteenth, and by 
the Americans in the nineteenth. It affords an excellent 
base of operations, both naval and military. Without 
ships a small force can hold the peninsula against an 
army. And even with ships Cavite has more advantages 
than any other small bay or harbor within a hundred 
miles of Manila. It is about six miles and a half from 
Manila, and is connected with that city by steamboats 
and steam launches. There is also a road from Cavite, 
running southward along the peninsula to the mainland, 
and thence northward through the province to the south 
gate of Manila city. This road is fair riding, and is re- 
markably picturesque. It is very serpentine, and is said 
to be about twenty miles long. This is used chiefly by 
poor natives who cannot afford to pay the fares demanded 
for the water trip. 

In the hill country of Cavite province there are many 
sights of great beauty''. On the east there is a glorious 
view of Bay lake, and on the west the hills, fields, for- 
ests and be^^ond them again the blue sea. The woods of 
the hills are aromatic, and the hills themselves quite free 
from fever and malaria. Some of these mountain sites 
are utilized for summer residence, and one or two enjoy 
considerable local repute as sanitariums. 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 89 



CHAPTER X. 

ILOILO. 

The second city in importance in the Philippines is 
Iloilo, capital of the province of the same name and of 
the island of Panay. It is about two hundred miles from 
Manila as the crow flies, and three hundred odd by 
water. There is a steamer from Manila to Boilo, which 
runs the distance in thirty-six hours. The accommoda- 
tions are good and the trip a pleasant one. Panay is not 
so pleasant as Luzon. It is much wilder in aspect, and 
the natives are not so civilized. There is a range of high 
mountains running nearly north and south on the west- 
ern side of the island, which is a rough triangle in out- 
line, and another range in the northeast corner. This 
part of the island is not entirely explored, and is covered 
with magnificent forests. There are many small streams, 
but fewer lakes and arms of the sea than in Luzon. 
There are many marshes and much malaria and fever. 
The capital is situated near the southeastern point of 
Panay on the border of a shallow arm of the sea running 
between Panay and the large marshy and mountainous 
island of Guimaras. At some time in the past the chan- 
nel has been wider and deeper, but the rainfall and 
storms are ever washing down the land and from beneath 
the surface cosmic forces are undoubtedly producing a 
slow upheaval. The city is built upon the bed of an 
uncient marshy and is Qxtremel^ unprepossessing, Tho 



90 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

harbor is a capital one, being well protected against the 
fierce winds and typhoons of those latitudes. The major 
part of the harbor has deep water. The city itself is 
remarkably cool and healthy, considering its natural dis- 
advantages. As the steamer approaches the island of 
Guimaras the traveler can see a well-designed but uncom- 
pleted lighthouse. It was built in the middle of the 
eighties, and although the money has been collected three 
or four times over it has never yet been finished. Funni- 
est of all, every ship — especially the foreign owned — 
which enters the port has to pay a large bill for light- 
house dues. The province of Iloilo is very populous, 
containing nearly five hundred thousand citizens. It is 
the center of the sugar trade of the archipelago, the 
annual exports being about one hundred and fifty thou- 
sand tons a year; It also does a large trade in hemp, 
sapanwood, tobacco, coffee, and motber-of-pearl. 

The sugar exported by Iloilo is not all raised in the 
province, some of it being brought across from the rich 
plantations of Kegros island. When the price of sugar 
is high the city and island are very prosperous. The 
bounty system of European governments upon home- 
made beet sugar has so reduced the demand for cane 
sugar that the trade in Iloilo has hardly paid expenses 
for seven or eight years. On several occasions they have 
exported large quantities to San Francisco, but the bulk 
goes to Hong Eong, China and Japan. Since sugar has 
proved so unprofitable much attention has been paid to 
tabacco, and the product is increasing annually in both 
quantity and quality. It is sent to Manila, where it is 
mixed with the Luzon tobacco in order to make the lower 
grade of Manila cigars. These are ridiculously cheap, 
being sold sometimes as low as two and three for a cent. 
Bice is ^ultivate4 with success, th^ industry having beea 



MANILA ANt) tHE t>ttlLIPl»iNfiS. »1 

introduoed and developed by enterprising Chinamen. 
The natives conduct two successful manufactures under 
Spanish or Chinese direction; one of pina or pineapple 
cloth, and the other jusi or silk cloth. The entire 
island is in but a moderate condition, owing to the enor- 
mous taxes and imposts levied by the government, the 
profits and prosperity of the merchants and planters being 
absorbed by the officials, priests and politicians. The 
Spaniards have no hesitancy in extracting the last possi- 
ble cent, because the business of the place has passed 
into the hands of Chinese and mestizos. Although the 
island of Panay is very near Luzon, it is almost entirely 
free from earthquakes. But, on the other hand, it is 
subject to frequent visitations from typhoons. The larg- 
est business house is an English firm, of which the local 
manager is consul for Great Britain and Hawaii, his 
assistant is consul for the United States, and the firm 
itself is agent for all sorts of companies and corporations 
in every part of the world. The firm extends lavish hos- 
pitality to all visitors, especially to Englishmen and 
Americans. As there is but one cheap hotel in the place, 
this courtesy is certainly worthy of being recorded. 
There are no public carriages in the city, no places of 
amusement, and what few restaurants there are, are of the 
cheapest and lowest description. The streets are un- 
paved, and in the wet season are a foot deep in mud ; in 
the dry, they are ankle deep in dust. If the cit^^ is 
uninteresting, the country round about is royally pictur- 
esque. There are forests where the trees rise one tower- 
ing over another until they terminate in the green tops of 
monarohs of the woods a hundred and fifty and a hundred 
and eighty feet high. There are mountains in the dis- 
tance — some sharp and clearly cut like sugar loaves, and 
some magnificent masses of rock rising thousands of feet 



&3 Manila and the Philippines. 

into the air. Everything is green, and has a sheen as if 
it had been coated with velvet. The city faces the chan- 
nel on the one side, and a muddy creek on the other. It 
is slack and small in the dry season, but in the wet sea- 
son it has a good current and often overflows its banks 
on both sides. There is a small public square which 
nature keeps beautiful with flowers and weeds, and the 
streets are wide and regular. There are many good 
houses ; that is to say, comfortable ones. The two finest 
buildings belong, one to an American firm, in which they 
do business on the ground floor and live on the second, 
and the other is a large Swiss commercial house. 

There is a church on the square, which might be mis- 
taken for a sugar refinery or a jail. It was apparently 
built by natives with no knowledge of architecture, and 
these in turn were doubtless directed by some priest from 
Manila, who imagined that he must take the same pre- 
cautions against earthquakes in his new home as in the 
old one. Not far from the church is a small courthouse 
looking very cheap and dirty; a convent, somewhat 
dilapidated, and a few small houses built of stone below 
and wood above. The right-hand side of the square has 
the best row of houses in the Philippines outside of 
Manila. They are built very solidly, being of brick and 
stone in the lower floors, brick and wood in the upper 
ones, and all having corrugated iron roofs fastened by 
wrought iron rods to the masonry below. The other 
houses are of all sorts and kinds. Some are handsome 
Indian bungalows, some are what is known as typhoon 
houses (built of solid stone walls one story high with 
brick and iron roofs) ; others are the cheapest kind of 
Malay bungalows and insignificant habitations occupied 
by Chinese and mestizos, while hundreds of others are 
filthy hovels inhabited by the poor natives. At the far 



MANILA ANt) TH£ PHILIPPINES. 63 

end of the main street in the government house, built of 
stone and wood, and once very handsome, but now so 
neglected as to be in an almost ruinous condition. Over 
one third of the town site is land reclaimed from the 
swamps. The territory on the other side of the creek 
facing the city is a low marsh, which becomes a swamp or 
a watery waste at very high tides, or at ordinary high 
tides during the rainy season. The place is very dull 
indeed. One English business house has a bowling alley 
and one American house a billiard table. The Swiss firm 
has a tolerable piano, and a mad Spaniard is pleased to 
conduct what he calls a cafe. He would starve to death 
but for the courtesy of the foreign merchants and of the 
merchant marine who visits the place. Once a year or 
once in two years a dramatic company comes from 
Manila to Hollo to replenish its treasury. As there is 
neither theatre nor hall, they give their entertainment in 
a shed. Nevertheless, this is so glorious a distraction to 
the citizens that they crowd every performance, and 
beside paying good prices for their seats get up benefits, 
extend every courtesy which can please or be of advan- 
tage to the Thespians. Among the sights of the town 
the most striking is the spectacle of a well-to-do half- 
breed woman and her daughters going from her home to 
church. Her house would be dear at a hundred dollars. 
The furniture within is not worth twenty-five, but each 
of the women will gleam and sparkle in brilliant silks 
and have at least a thousand dollars' worth of jewelry 
and gems apiece. Another sight is the making of sina- 
may or fine hemp cloth by the natives. They work in 
the open air under a shed, or in the shade of a tree, and 
in rainy weather in their own homes. They are slow, 
methodical, their weaving implements being of the most 
primitive sort. Somehow or other, though, they turn 



94 MANILA AND THE I>H1LIPI>INES, 

out very nioe fabrics, and make enough money even at 
the low rate paid for wages in that part of the world, 
they manage to live in more than comfort. From Iloilo 
small steamers communicate with other important points 
in that part of the Archipelago. They are subsidized by 
the government, which uses them to transport its soldiers 
whenever the natives are refractory and need a little 
blood-letting. The lines run to the city of Antique, in 
the province of Antique ; to the city of Conception in the 
province of that name, and to ports on Negros Island. 

Not far from Iloilo are the cities of Jaro and Molo, 
They are situated upon much higher ground, being in 
the hill ^!t>untry rather than the marsh, and are charming 
residential settlements. Jaro is the cathedral city of the 
district, and has in it quite a neat, though small and well- 
proportioned cathedral. In Molo is a very handsome 
church whose altars are famously rich in gold, silver and 
jewels. Both of these cities have wide thoroughfares, a 
wilderness of gardens, well-built schools, and many at- 
tractive villas. 

There are very few Spaniards in either city, the upper 
classes consisting of wealthy Chinese, natives and 
mestizos. Here also are the summer retreats of many of 
the Iloilo merchants. There is fine shooting in the neigh* 
borhood, and the markets are well stocked with vege- 
tables, fruits, poultry, meats, and game. Living is a 
trifle dearer than in Manila, while rents are cheaper. 
The bishop has a small palace at Jaro, and the govern- 
ment officials occupy well-constructed edifices erected 
especially for them. In the central districts are many 
natives in a still savage state, and these give trouble to 
the government whenever the tax farmers put in an ap- 
pearance. They receive nothing from the authorities, 
and they cannot understand why they should be called 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 95 

upon to give up what little property they possess. Many 
of them are bitterly opposed to the church on account of 
the abuse of the civil and religious rights which the friars 
possess. As late as May, 1898, there was an uprising in 
one of the districts, and the troops promptly sent to the 
scene of trouble slaughtered some eight or nine hundred 
natives. 



9(5 MANILA AND THE PHILIPFINBS. 



OHAFTEB XL 

OBBU. 

Cebu is the last and smallest of the three treaty ports. 
It is the capital of the island of the same name, and is a 
close rival to Hollo in commercial importance. It lies 
southeast of Iloilo on the other side of the Island of 
Negros. A line of steamers make the run from Iloilo to 
Cebu in about twenty hours, while a larger line runs from 
Manila to Cebu direct. The island is long and narrow, 
being in dimension about one hundred miles in length 
and about fifty at its greatest width. It has a population 
of about six hundred thousand, and carries on a com- 
merce in sugar, hemp, sapanwood, and other products. 
Its output of sugar is about twenty thousand tons a year. 
Years ago Cebu was the administrative center or capital 
not only of the island itself, but of all of the Yisaya 
group. But the govemmental seat was removed to 
Manila in 1849, pursuant to the system of centralization 
which Spain has followed in her government of the archi- 
pelago. The city is situated upon an arm of the sea like 
Iloilo, made by an island lying to the southeast of Cebu. 
The harbor is excellent, and the anchorage safe. The 
city is well built, with wide thoroughfares, and possesses 
many houses above the ordinary. At one time, when it 
was the seat of administration, it is said to have been a 
very lively place. To-day this is all changed, and its 
only characteristic is commercial activity^ and none too 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES, 97 

much of that. The old government buildings are falling 
into decay, the convent shows the ravages of time, and 
many of the streets are mossy and even grassy. 

It is the metropolis of the district, and from it are 
shipped not only the sugar and hemp grown there, but 
also the hemp and other produce of the islands of Leyte, 
Mindanao, Camiguin, and Bohol. On the island are 
large deposits of coal, sulphur, and many other minerals ; 
but the government has never utilized these resources 
with the one exception of the coal. Neither has it per- 
mitted any one else to take advantage of an opportunity 
which might pour wealth into the territory. Beside the 
amount of sugar exported, Cebu sends away about fifteen 
thousand tons of hemp every year. The trade of the 
place has passed almost entirely into the hands of the 
Chinese and half-breeds, the extortions of the officials 
having driven out nearly all foreigners. 

The foreign community in Cebu consists of agencies of 
two English, one German, and three Spanish houses. It 
is so small that the managing clerk of one of the English 
houses is consul for Qreat Britain, the United States, 
Italy and Hawaii. The two main houses represent all 
the insurance companies and banks as well. The odd- 
est thing about Cebu is the coal; the coal beds appear 
to have been acted upon by a volcano in some past age, 
which forced fumes of sulphur through all the strata de- 
positing solid particles in irregular masses. Some of the 
coal is quite free from sulphur, but other portions are 
yellow from the quantity forced into them. This coal is 
very handsome to look at, with mottlings of black and 
yellow. It is, however, very dangerous. Left exposed 
to the air for some time it takes fire spontaneously. 
When ignited, the amount of sulphur is so large that the 
fumes and smoke are filled with acid, rendering it diA- 



98 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

gerous if not deadly to all animal life in the immediate 
neighborhood. A German chemist tried at one time to 
obtain a concession for making sulphur from these beds. 
His estimates showed that he could produce it more 
cheaply than the brimstone mines in Sicily. These esti- 
mates were the ruin of his project. They so inflamed the 
avarice of the politicians that the unhappy chemist found 
that the concession would cost him all of the profits of 
the establishment for the first ten years. The surround- 
ings of Cebu are very quaint. In front is the historic 
island of Magtan, where Magellan, the great navigator, 
was killed, and back of it are ranges of high hills, some 
with rolling outlines and others with comparatively sharp 
peaks and crags. There are many good roads, and a few 
marshes as well. The soil is porous, allowing thorough 
natural drainage, and the atmosphere is remarkably dry 
and pure for the tropics. There are many fine forests 
upon the island and a wonderful display of cacti. The 
latter are utilized by Spaniards and natives for hedges 
and fences, and when well grown make a most invulner- 
able wall. In the city is a cathedral, a rather fine-look- 
ing church, a Paulist and a Jesuit chapel, and the Church 
of the Holy Child of Cebu. Of this personage the fol- 
lowing is the story. 

On July 28, 1565, an image of the Holy Child, was 
found on the shore by a soldier who was sick and ailing, 
and who had gone walking along the beach in the hope 
that a little fresh air and exercise would do him good. 
He had no more touched the image than he felt better, 
and by the time he returned to the camp his strength 
had been restored, and the next morning he was in a 
beter condition than he had ever been before. The news 
of the miracle spread through the camp, and the friars 
immediately held special services in commemoration of 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 99 

the event. The image was given to them and a church 
built to commemorate the fact. 

In the sacred inclosure, not far from the altar, the 
image was placed in the special niche of honor. In 1627 
the church was burned down^ but when the soldiers and 
priests went through the ashes in order to save relics and 
such melted metal as they could find, lo, in the middle 
of the debris entirely uninjured was the image. It was 
then placed in another church which was ruined by both 
earthquake and typhoon without any damage to this 
wonderful statuette. Another church was built for the 
Holy Child alone, and there it has remained ever since. 
Fires have started in the building and have gone out of 
their own accord ; typhoons have torn down the houses 
on either side, but have spared the sacred edifice, and 
even the earthquake has never disturbed the vigils of the 
little figure. To prevent theft and the transfer of its 
virtues to other localities, the saint is kept in a strong 
room under many a bolt and bar, lock and key. It is 
made of wood, a little over a foot high, and is either 
ebony or else is so dark with time as to pass for that 
wood. The features are Mongolian, and to a skeptical 
eye the figure looks like a clumsy carving out of some 
Philippine wood by an ignorant soldier or lazy native. 
It is highly venerated and is completely covered with 
little pieces of jewelry which have been presented by 
grateful patrons who have been cured through the saint's 
mediation. It is now worshiped in the Philippines with 
great solemnity, and on all public occasions it enjoys all 
the honors accorded to a field marshal of the first rank. 
Its feast day is the 20th of January, when the church is 
crowded with worshipers from Cebu and from the outly- 
ing islands, even as far as Luzon itself. In the same 
room are two immense tin boxes (made of that metal to 



100 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES, 

keep but insects) which are filled with the arms^ legs, and 
heads of saints, with their robes all ready for adjustment 
and use on feast days. On such days these are set up on 
concealed framework, placed in vehicles, and drawn or 
driven around the city. 

In Oebu is a small colony of Catholic Chinese. They 
have a patron saint, St. Nicholas, who is not the legen- 
dary hero of our Christmas, and to him a church was 
dedicated which is still flourishing to-day. Up to the 
eighteenth century the many Chinese in Cebu remained 
wedded to their heathen idols. They resisted all efforts 
at ohristianization, and proved superior to the tortures of 
the inquisition. A good priest who was sorely exercised 
over their spiritual darkness, prayed so vehemently to 
St. Nicholas that the latter took pity upon him and said 
that his prayers should be answered. The most influen- 
tial man among the Chinese merchants in Cebu at the 
time was a Cantonese named Wong — though some legends 
say that he was an Amoy merchant named Ong. He 
worshiped Buddha and Confucius and his ancestors, 
but in other respects was a good citizen and a flne man. 
One night, after he had received a large payment for 
goods, Wong, or Ong, heard a noise in his counting- 
room, and looking up saw that he was beset by five armed 
robbers. They had smeared blood upon their foreheads; 
meaning thereby that they neither asked nor gave quar- 
ter, and each had in his sinewy right hand a wicked- 
looking creese. Wong turned to seize a sword which he 
kept for such guests, but to his horror found that it had 
been taken out of the scabbard, and that he was defense- 
less. As the robbers advanced toward him he heard 
strange sweet music, and through the wall came St. 
Nicholas with his hands outstretched. ''loan save thee, 
Wong," said the saint, ''if thou will believe in the true 



to 

• 1 •* 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 101 

Ood, and not in thy vain idols." Wong being a sensi- 
ble busines man accepted the proposition immediately. 
The saint waved his hand and the robbers fell into a 
swoon during which Wong, with characteristic Chinese 
thoughtfulness, seized the knife of one and cut the 
throats of all. The next day he summoned his family, 
neighbors, and friends, and told them of the providential 
escape, and from that time on he and his were worthy 
sons of the church. 

A Spanish critic says that as a Chinaman cannot con- 
tract a valid marriage in the Philippines, nor perform 
many other important acts unless he is a Catholic in good 
standing, business enterprise may have had as much to 
do with the conversion as good St. Nicholas himself. 



102 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 



CHAPTER Xn. 

8ULU OITT, ISLAND AND SULTANATE. 

Upon Spanish rule in the far East has always fallen 
the shadow of Islam. The same fierce and fanatical force 
in that part of the world as in every land where the cres- 
cent has ever held sway. In the lottery of nations both 
Christianity and Mohammedanism unknowingly com- 
peted for the Philippines. The cathedral and the con- 
vent won three-fourths, and the mosque and the minaret 
the remainder. From a very early period there had been 
a movement of population from Borneo, Java and Suma- 
tra, northward and eastward into the Philippines. Each 
wave which came into the archipelago met with resist- 
ance from those already settled there. Weak or small 
invading parties were defeated, and defeat in those years 
meant death to the vanquished, while the stronger and 
larger parties defeated the inhabitants, and slew, captured 
or disbursed them. 

The traveler in going through the archipelago, notices 
that the people in the southern islands are larger, 
stronger, and less docile and servile than those of the 
north. The most independent of all the tribes or races 
are those who inhabit the large island of Mindanao and 
the smaller ones of Basilan Sulu, or Jolo, Tapul, Tawi 
Tawi, and the numerous smaller pieces of land which 
compose the Sulu Sultanate or Archipelago. 

About the time that Magellan, then in the employ of 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES 103 

Spain disooYered the Carolines and the Philippines, the 
people of Borneo were suffering or enjo3'in&: internecine 
war of the bloodiest sort, a practical consequence was an 
extensive exodus of weaker tribes northward to Balabao 
and Palauan, and eastward to the Sulu islands and Min- 
danao. The troubles in Borneo culminated in a tremen- 
dous war between two Borneo sultans, who were brothers, 
and who fought with the frenzy that only brothers can. 
The unsuccessful soyereign whose name was Paguian 
Tindig, fled with his followers to Sulu and Basilan. 
Here the host settled and began a Mohammedan civiliza- 
tion, which by degrees became a strong power in that 
part of the world. A cousin of the sultan settled on 
Basilan, and soon became its sole ruler. 

He was loyal to the sultan at flrst, but after a time he 
married the Princess Qoan, daughter of the Mohammedan 
King of Mindanao. Spurred on by ambition he plotted 
against his cousin the sultan, and attacked him in Sulu. 
Though assisted by his father-in-law's soldiers and 
sailors he was unsuccessful, and after many flghts on 
land and at sea he retired to his possessions in Basilan. 
The sultan went to Manila and pledged his vassalage to 
the Spanish, if in return they would help him subjugate 
his rebellious cousin. This the Spanish gladly agreed to 
do, and began fco equip a squadron to carry out the agree- 
ment. It was not ready in a few days as had been 
promised, in fact, it was several months before the fleet 
got under way at Manila and sailed southward. In the 
meantime, Tindig, tired of waiting, attacked the rebels 
and routed tbem completely. It was an unhappy victory 
because the brave monarch himself fell, covered with 
wounds, as the day was won. The Spaniards arrived in 
due season at Sulu or Jolo, as they called it, and not 
finding the sultan turned and went back to Manila* 



104 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

They were careful to preserye the treaty^ and upon this 
lies the first olaim of sovereignty over the Sulu Sultanate. 

In the meantime^ Adasaolan, who appears to have been 
a man of remarkable ability^ developed his own beautiful 
territory; Basilan made allianoes with the monarohs of 
Mindanao and with the chief of northern Borneo^ and 
compelled all his subjects and tributaries to adopt the 
Koran at the point of the sword. He built the first mosque 
in the city of Jolo, and received from far off Turkey 
honors and titles from the Sheikh Al Uslam^ the head of 
the Mohammedan church, and from the Sublime Porte in 
recognition of his services to the faith. Thus his claim 
to sovereignty, joined with his descent and his posses- 
sion of the territory, undoubtedly gave him a better 
claim to those lands than the treaty of Manila between 
Tindig and the Spaniards. 

in 1595 the Spaniards sent an expedition to take pos- 
session of their property, and incidentally to spread 
Ohristianity in heathen communities. The expedition 
was a complete failure. Nearly all the ofiScers were 
killed, half the men incapacitated by disease and wounds, 
and the warship so battered that it only could get as far 
as Cebu on its return. One effect of this war was to dis- 
abuse the Sulu mind of the idea that the Spaniards were 
all powerful at sea. From this time on piracy prevailed 
in the waters of the Archipelago, and was never sup- 
pressed until English men-of-war propelled by steam, put 
an end to the evil in the present century. Of the pirates 
the Sulus were the most daring and skillful. They fre- 
quently sailed past the walls of the citj* of Manila, and 
captured trading vessels outside the Peninsula of Cavite. 

At one time the Sulu pirates had Bohol, Cebu, Negros, 
Leyte, and even a part of Panay island under tribute. 
Where communities refused to pay tribute they were at* 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 105 

taoked by well-armed pirate chiefs^ their men slain, their 
houses burned, their property looted, and their wives and 
daughters taken as slaves away to the South. This piti- 
able condition of affairs continued for more than two 
hundred and fifty years. 

The Madrid government did the best it could under 
the circumstances. It set aside large amounts of money 
for fighting craft, forts, weapons, and ammunition, and 
directed the Philippine officials to exterminate the pirat- 
ical communities. But the money was diverted into 
other channels and went to enrich the officer holders and 
politicians. Hundreds of thousands of inoffensive 
natives, and scores of Spaniards were slaughtered almost 
with impunit3% while the governors wrote home accounts 
of imaginary victories, and artful descriptions of peace- 
ful lands and untroubled waters. At the end of their 
term they came back rich for life. 

There are persons alive to-day in Manila and Oebu, 
Iloilo, and Antique who have seen the interior of the 
pirate prisons in the Sulu islands. 

A critic calls attention to the fact that during this long 
periods when the Spanish government was denouncing 
slavery in the East Indies and trying to suppress the 
evil, it was the leading nation in the African slave trade 
in the West Indies, and was doing its best to develop 
and profit by the traffic. During this long period there 
was constant war between Spain and Sulu. The Span- 
iards made a settlement at Zamboanga, on the extreme 
southeast point of Mindanao. Here they built a walled 
city, constructed strong forts, and made it a naval sta- 
tion and arsenal second only to Cavite. It is opposite to 
Basilan, and afforded a fine base of operations. But so 
careless and neglectful of the simplest precautions were 
the authorities, that the place soon came to be known as 



106 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES* 

the Sepuloher of Spain. There were no sewers, and the 
natural drainage was prevented by the heavy walls and 
fortifications of the place. The heat and moisture made 
decay swift and universal, and developed malarial diseases 
whose deadliness astonished even the Spaniards. Of one 
garrison of a thousand men eight hundred and fifty died 
in a single year, while in the annual estimates made in 
Manila a somber item was the provision for disease and 
death at the southern naval station. This long war had 
many interesting and even heroic features. To the Span- 
iards it was a solemn religious conflict the continuation, 
as it were, of the old wars against the Moors. Soldiers 
went into it after mass, prayer, and hymns; priests and 
friars armed themselves and fought side by side with the 
soldiers; private citizens carried away by religious 
enthusiasm gave up their business in Manila and other 
cities, bade farewell to their friends and relatives and 
consecrated themselves to God, that is to say, joined the 
Spanish army. It is pitiful to look back and see that 
frightful and unnecessary waste of human life. For one 
Spaniard killed by the pirates twenty perished from camp 
diseases, and of the twenty, nineteen were occassioned by 
the neglect, dishonesty, and corruption of the officials. 

All this time the various monarchs of Mindanao pre- 
served a skillful neutrality, siding, whenever they did 
take action, with Sulu and against Spain. On several 
occasions the Spaniards endeavored to obtain control of 
the Sulu lands by diplomacy instead of war. In 1760 
thoy made friends with the sultan Mahamad, who had 
been deposed by his brother. The monarch was first 
obliged to embrace Christianity and then to swear alle- 
giance to Spain before the Spaniards would agree to 
assist him. Just as the governor-general was beginning 
to congratulate himself upon his diplomatic success he 



MANILA AND THE I>HILIPPINe:S. 107 

intercepted a letter, written by the royal convert, which 
showed that he was equally diplomatic and intended to 
utilize the Spanish power and to give nothing in return. 
The sultan and all bis retinue were arrested and oast into 
prison. The governor-general then determined to exter- 
minate all the Mohammedans in the archipelago, destroy 
their crops, bum their houses, and desolate their tilled 
land. As some of the members of the cabinet thought 
the proposal too inhuman, the governor-general wrote a 
proclamation jutifying his course. A large expedition 
with nineteen hundred soldiers was sent from Manila 
which attacked Jolo. Here the Spaniards claimed a 
great victory, but as they left immediately afterward with* 
out having accomplished it, their claim maybe doubted. 
They next attacked the island of Tawi Tawi, where every 
man who landed from the fleet was slain. The bead of 
the expedition was so discouraged that he left the Sulu 
islands and sailed back to Zamboanga. 

The Sulus now returned the compliment, and sending 
out a large fleet of war craft ravaged every coast which 
was in Spanish possession. To increase the troubles the 
sultan of Mindanao made an alliance with his Sulu col- 
league, and sent out a vast flotilla manned with experi<i 
enced warriors and mariners. This war kept up for four 
years, and the Spaniards were put to great straits. 

In 1755 the Spaniards released the imprisoned sultan, 
but would not allow him to go outside of Manila. Iik 
1763 the British, who were then at war with the Span- 
iards, took up the sultan's side, and conveyed him in a 
man of war to Sulu, where they replaced kirn on the 
throne. The moment he could gather a su£Scient force 
he attacked the Spaniards with great fury at many points 
in Mindanao and Negros. In 1776 both sides grew 
tired of perpetual conflict, and fr^m that period until 



108 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

1861 there was an armed peace between Salu and Spam. 
Pirates occasionally ravaged Spanish cities, and Spanish 
gunboats destroyed Sulu craft, but nothing amounting to 
war occurred. In 1851 there were more piratical outrages 
than usual, and the governor-general undertook to punish 
the sultan. He made careful preparations, and with a 
large and well armed expedition attacked and captured 
the capital, Jolo. The sultan fled and established a new 
capital at May bun, on the southern side of the island, in a 
position well adapted for offense and defense. The gov- 
emor-general was satisfied with his first success and 
sailed back to Manila, foolishly leaving a small garrison 
to overawe the islanders. The latter were of stem stuff, 
began guerrilla warfare upon the garrison the moment 
the ships were in the ofSng, and in a short time killed 
off every Spaniard. 

By degrees the sultan grew bolder, and committed 
ravages throughout the archipelago from Basilan and 
Mindanao. In 1876, another expedition was sent, 
headed hy Yice-Admiral Malcampo. It destroyed several 
forts, and kill many natives, but it lost more men than 
it destroyed. Nevertheless it brought about a temporary 
peace. The sultan admitted the sovereignty of Spain 
over the Sulu domain. To make it more binding, 
Madrid induced Great Britain and Germany to sign a 
protocol recognizing the treaty, and more specifically the 
claim of Spain to the Tawi Tawi, Tapul and Panguitarang 
group of islands. In 1880 a British company colo- 
nized a large tract of land in Borneo, recognizing the 
suzerainty of the sultan of Sulu. Spain made a vigorous 
protest, but the British government decided in favor of 
the sultan. After some negotiations Spain gave up all 
claim to lands in Borneo belonging to the Sulu Sultan- 
ate. In 1887 insurrection broke out in the islandi^ 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. lOd 

and in Mindanao itself. The Spanish government sent 
its fleet in post haste to the scene of disorder, and also 
forwarded reinforcements for the various garrisons. 
There was much fighting, and considerable slaughter of 
the natives through the modern rifles and rifled cannon 
of the Spanish forces. The Spaniards returned to 
Manila, and in March of that year held a Grand To 
Deum. Another insurrection broke out, and this was in 
turn put down. In 1888 there was comparative peace 
throughout the Sulu Archipelago. Since that time the 
Spaniards have been in legal possession of the country. 
They have garrisons at Tawi Tawi, Siassi, Bangao, at 
Jolo, at Maybun, Basilan, Zamboanga, and Ootta Bato, 
Ta Toan, and Cag^ayan. 

Outside of the posts they have no authority nor power 
whatever. The sultan rules the same as ever, and the 
native, and not the Spanish laws are observed. These 
laws are very odd, seeming to be a survival of the ancient 
Malay kingdoms. The language of these Sulus is a 
complete mystery to scholars. Instead of being a Malay 
speech, pure, or impure, it appears to be a degenerate 
Sanscrit mixed with Arabic. When or how they came 
under the control of the early Hindus is impossible to 
discover. That it must have ..been a long time ago is 
evident from the fact that they employ many idioms 
which were going out of use in the time of Buddha. 
There is no mention in Indian history of these far-off 
lands, neither, so far as is known, did any considerable 
Brahmin community ever adopt Islam. No matter bow 
viewed, the subject is one of the most interesting puzzles 
which has yet been found in the far East. 

The SuluB are a dark-colored, muscular race, loving 
warfare, piracy, and dangerous sports. They make in- 
trepid [soldiers, and are more feared by the Spaniards 



no MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

than any other Eastern type. One of their peculiarities 
makes them a constant dread to their conquerors. This 
consists of a man joining a religious society, and bind- 
ing himself by an oath to reach paradise immediately 
by killing as many Christians as he can before he him- 
self is killed. The society has a name^ but it is un- 
known to the Spaniards. They refer to the members as 
the Juramentados, or those who are oath-bound. The 
society, or societies, are directed by priests called Pan- 
ditas, whose meaning can be recognized by its resem- 
blance to pundita. These drill the members, and put 
them through a regular course of training. They are 
made to exercise, fight with blunted weapons run, jump, 
climb, swim, and diye, and when tired they are told of 
the beauties of Mohammed's paradise, of the houris, the 
fruits, and the joys. When a member has reached a 
stage which borders upon frenzy he is then sent upon 
his mission. He usually goes naked or with a breech 
cloth in whose folds he carries one or two short creeses, 
sharp as a needle, and keen as a razor. The flutings on 
the blade are often poisoned by immersion in decaying 
animal blood. He enters the camp, ship,town, or bouse, 
to which he is directed, and the moment he approaches 
the first Christian his deadly work begins. The knife is 
drawn, the breech cloth cast away, and with a spring 
like a tiger, he is upon his victim. In his delirium he 
seems to have the strength of ten men. He is never 
overpowered, and he never stops his murderous career 
until he is killed, or incapacitated by a serious wound. 

On Corpus Christi day, in 1886, at Cotto Bato, four 
Juramentados sprang from a shed into a crowd of Chris- 
ians who were watching the procession, and before 
they were killed by the soldiers, assassinated or wounded 
over thirty persons. At Jolo, in 1876, one of these 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. ll 1 

fanatics armed with a creese and a javelin, attacked a 
company of soldiers as they marched from the beach to 
the garrison, killing two, fatally wounding three> and 
seriously wounding four of the force. 

At the same place a few weeks afterward, a similar 
sudden attack was made by three Juramentados, who 
killed five and wounded sixteen before they could be 
bayoneted by the troops. 

It is a very nice question how to govern people of this 
class. Across the strait at San Daken in Borneo, and 
at Brunei, there are Mohammedans of the same race as 
the Sulus, but thus far, they have never given any 
trouble to the British. The authorities leave them alone 
in their religious views, and the missionaries are advised 
to use all possible tact in the evangelical dealinscs. 
Whether the Islamites of Sulu would behave equally well 
if treated with similar consideration is a debatable ques- 
tion. One thing is certain, and that is that all forcible 
attempts to infringe upon their religious rites will be 
resisted unto death. The Spaniards have leai*ned wis- 
dom by experience, and of late years have adopted the 
practice of extermination whenever called upon to fur- 
nish either religious or political outbreaks. From a 
purely political point of view, there are only two ways 
of governing these people. One is the system adopted 
by England, in the Bombay presidency, and by Hongs 
in Java of leaving the natives in full liberty to practice 
all customs and religious observances which do not con- 
flict with life or human safety, and the other is the Span- 
ish system of exterminating all who do not agree with 
you. 

The Sulu Archipelago in Spanish political geography 
begins on the southwest side of Basilan island, and runs 
south westwardly to the northeastern coast of Borneo. It 



llJ • MANILA AND THE I>HlLII>PlK^S. 

is divided into the following groups : Salu, Tapnl^ Tawi 
Tawi, and Panguitarang. The largest island is Salu, 
the next is Tawi Tawiy the third ia Panguitarang, the 
fourth is Siassi. Then come many small islands such as 
Simonor, Bilatan, Mantabuan, Manubol, Lapao, liugus, 
Pata Simisa, Gap, Lapran, Basang, Simaluo, Sigboy, 
Bubuan, and many still smaller. The last Spanirib report 
gives a hundred and fifty islands, of which ninety-five 
are inhabited and several hundred islets or rocks. The 
population is estimated at a hundred and twenty thou- 
sand, but may be twice as much. As a matt r of Eng- 
lish law the sultan exercises sovereignty of a qualified 
sort over several Borneo sultans and according to Span- 
ish law he exercises some feudal authority over the chiefs 
of Palauan, Balabac, the Sultanate of Buhaten in Min- 
danao, and over several small tribes on that island and on 
the island of Basilan. 



fc 



MANILA AND THE PH1LIPPXNB& lit 



CHAPTER XHL 

SOME mSTOBICAL NOTES. 

OwiN0^ doubtless, to the unimportant part they hare 
played in the progress of modern civilization the Philip- 
pines have been neglected by historians and soientiste 
alike. The literature on the subject is comparativelsr 
small. Even the leading works are manifestly ineom- 
plete. The Spanish accounts are carelessly written, and 
the figures a mass of inaccuracy. Be Bienzi's work iB 
one of the best, and after him may be mentioned Profes- 
sor 0. Semper's book, "De la Gironiere," and Henry 
Forman's. 

Much valuable information upon special topics has 
been collated by American and British consuls, and pub- 
lished in the blue books of those countries. To them, 
the reader has referred for statistics and detailed facts. 
The conclusions drawn by investigators in regard to the 
early history of the islands are about as follows. The 
original inhabitants were dark men of a negroid type 
already differentiated into two varieties, one fierce and 
destructive like the Andaman Islanders, and another 
darker still, which is found to-day in the Negritos of 
Mindanao. Either this primitive race lived there a long 
time, or it was preceded by another race belonging to 
the Stone age. At different points of the islands stone 
axes, spear-heads^i and arrow-heads have been picked up 
in considerable numbers. None of the existing tribe? 



114 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

recognize them, or even have any name for them. One 
tribe in Mindanao calls these ancient stone implements 
''the teeth of the lightning." 

As stone axes are called ''thunder bolts" in Java, 
Sumatra and Malacca, it is probable that the Mindanao 
people received the name from those Malay lands, or else 
came from those lands themselves. At any rate, the 
Philippines were populated in the Stone age. The 
original race was probably quite populous. Middens 
and shell heaps of great age have been found in various 
parts of the territory, indicating the large number of 
human beings living in the immediate neighborhood. 
These were conquered when the islands were invaded by 
a higher race, also black, coming from Borneo. This 
race belonged to the same class as the Papuans, and has 
many living representatives at the present time in all of 
the larger islands. 

There was probably the same process of war and ex- 
termination at the time as had marked all such invasions. 
The weaker inhabitants were slaughtered and eaten, 
because all of these races were cannibals, and the sur- 
vivors driven into the mountains in the interior. The 
larger number of Negrito villages are found not on the 
lowlands, but in the hilly districts. The Papuans did 
not bold their newly conquered domains for many years 
before they, in turn, were attacked by another and still 
higher race, the Malay. 

These Malays seemed to have borne the same relation 
to the far East that the Norsemen did to the hosts of 
Europe. Just as the latter, were not a homogeneous 
people, but were made up of Danes, Norwegians, Swedes, 
Finns, Jutes, Angles, Saxons, Frisians and Flemings, so 
the Malay Sea Kings came from what is now Singapore, 
Johore, Penang, Pahang, Acheen> eastern Sumatra, Java, 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 115 

Borneo, and the lesser states and islands of Mala^'sia. 
The Malays were and are daring navigators, brave war- 
riors, and intelligent artificers, and even merchants. 

Their boats were so well made as to undertake long 
voyages successfully, and their weapons, more especially 
the formidable creese, were about the best, and most 
destructive, known in that part of the world. The 
creese, by the way, is not a dagger, as is usually sup- 
posed, but a cutting blade with a waved edge, and ribs 
which strengthen without weighting the weapon. The 
smallest creese is a minature dagger, and the largest is a 
powerful sword. They also fastened the blades to poles 
converting them into javelins and spears, and several 
tribes attached them to short handles so as to convert 
them into battle-axes. The Malays were victorious over 
the Papuans, and drove them into the interior as the 
latter had done with the Negritos. This must have 
occurred many centuries ago. When the Mohammedan 
wave reached this part of the world it found the 
Philippines a well-settled Malay community. Further 
back still the ancient records of Canton refer to them as 
brown men like those in the strait. This would seem to 
indicate that the Malay conquest of the Philippines 
occurred in the early part of the Christian era. From 
that time on the islands do not seem to have been invaded 
until the arrival of the Spaniards in 1563. A commerce 
sprang up between the Philippines and the Malay coun- 
tries, then with China, and finally with Japan. 

It is difiScult to tell what this commerce was in detail, 
but there are illusions in old works to smoked meats, 
smoked fish, sugar cane, hemp, fine wood, beche de la 
mer, and gold. The Chinese exported iron, brass, china, 
silk, and medicines. Mohamedanism, during its aggres- 
sive state^ was carried ix)to the Philippines from Java 



116 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

Borneo and Malaca. It made rapid progress^ and even 
to-day the inhabitants of the Sulu Archipelago to the 
south, a large part of the population of Mindanao, and 
BeTeral hundred thousand souls in the rest of the islands, 
retain that faith. Before the Spanish conquest, more 
than two-thirds were Mohammedans, and the other third 
were heathen and fetish worshipers. The islands were 
discovered by that wonderful Portuguese navigator, 
Magellan, who took possession of them in the name of 
Spain. 

Kot until 1563, however, was any real attempt made to 
reduce the lands to possession. In that year the famous 
General Miguel Lopez de Legazpi started to subjugate 
the archipelago. He was eminently qualified for the 
ofEice, and succeeded in both war and diplomacy in a 
manner that will ever elicit admiration. He took posses- 
sion of the Ladrones or Thieves islands, and next con- 
quered Bohol and Cebu. In 1569 Panaj* was conquered, 
and in 1571, Luzon, the land of the pestle, as the name 
means in Malay, went under the Spanish yoke. The 
Spaniards had a hard time at first. They were scarcely 
laore than in possession of their new domain when they 
found that they had invaded the rights of both the 
Bmperor of China and the monarch of Japan. The 
Japanese gave but little trouble, but the Chinese made 
war with a vigor strongly in contrast with their perform- 
ance in 1894. Between 1573 and 1575, no less than ten 
attacks were made upon Manila by fleets from Canton 
and Amoy, and although the Spaniards were victorious, 
yet the loss on both sides were enormous. The greatest 
victory of all was in 1574, when the Chinese general, Li 
Mafa Ong, attacked the Spaniards with both navy and 
army. The battle lasted several days, the Chinese fleet 
W40 destroyed, one-half of the soldiers killed, and the rest 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 117 

ehftsed into the mountains to both the north and south 
of Manila. With characteristio Chinese philosophy the 
fagitiyes aooepted the inevitable and settled in the fertile 
Talleys far away in the interior. They made friends with 
the natire tribes^ took wives from among the savages, 
and started communities which are still flourishing at 
the present moment. 

Their descendants are scarcely distinguishable from 
other Malays, but they, nevertheless, take deep pride in 
their descent, and look down upon their neighbors as 
beings of an inferior mold. 

Those attacks of the Chinese aroused the vindictive 
spirit of the Spanish settlers, who, from that time on, 
treated the Mongolian with a cruelty and inhumanity 
that have left indelible stains upon the Castillian records. 
In 1603, for example, when the Chinese had settled near 
Manila and built up a handsome and prosperous suburb, 
the Spaniards attacked them and massacred man, woman 
and child, amounting to twent3'-three thousand souls. 

Twelve thousand escaped the slaughter and managed 
io get back to China. In 1639 there was another mur- 
derous wave in the Philippines, and the Spaniards 
attacked the Chinese population and murdered about 
thirty-five thousand in cold blood. In 1665 there was 
another but smaller crusade against the luckless Mongol- 
ian. In 1709 the cruel spirit was modified by some con- 
sideration for humanity. Only a few hundred Chinamen 
were killed, but the rest of the Chinese population was 
deported, and it need hardly be added all their property 
was confiscated and divided between the church and 
state. 'Between 1628 and 1751 the Spaniards made nine 
attempts to conquer the Sulu islands, but in every 
instance were repulsed with heavy losses. In 1762 the 
tables were turned^ and this time the Spaniards were 



118 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

assailed. The inyaders were the Eoglish commanded by 
General Draper. The Spaniards, reinforced by the 
natives, made a brave but unskillful resistance, and were 
slaughtered like sheep in the shambles. Manila was 
taken and pillaged. 

England would probably have taken the Philippines, 
but the Spanish government at home becoming fright- 
ened, sued for peace, and in the treaty which followed 
Manila was restituted to Madrid. In 1820 the Filip- 
pines had a erisis which almost destroyed ail civilization 
in that part of the world. For the first time in its 
history the territory was invaded by Asiatic cholera. It 
began at Sanpaloc near Manila, spread to that city, and 
thence went into every part of Luzon. The mortality 
was frightful, over one-half of the population dying, it 
is said, from the disease. In the height of the epidemie, 
the ignorant Spaniards and natives suddenly adopted the 
belief that the disease was a part of a wholesale plot to 
poison on the part of foreigners. 

The mob rose in every community and massacred first 
the Chinese then the French, then the English and 
Americans, and finally the Spaniards. They burned very 
house which was not defended by the soldiery, robbed 
every citizen and looted every building. In 1823 was 
the famous revolt led by Novales and Buiz. It was 
short but very fierce and bloodthirsty, and is said to have 
cost the lives of five thousand people within a week. 
Since that time the career of the Philippines has been 
comparatively calm and quiet. There have been many 
uprisings, riots and revolts, but each has been put down 
with an iron hand. The policy of the government has 
grown stronger and severer with the years, and now 
adopts measures for the prevention of riot which are just 
as merciless as those used in war. 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 119 

Wherever there has been the smallest uprising a gun- 
boat or a company of soldiers has appeared promptly 
upon the scene, and everyone involved or suspected has 
been tried hy court-martial and promptly shot. The 
Sulu archipelago was finally conquered, but has never 
yet been pacified. It is under Spanish control vrhere 
there are bayonets and rifles. Elsewhere it is still ruled 
by the brave and warlike Mohammedan chiefs. 



1^ MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 



CHAPTER XIV. 

THE GOYEBNMEKT. 

This chapter is intended for the people who like solid 
facts, such as names, places^ and statistics, and may, 
therefore, be skipped by all readers who do not care to 
burden their memories with uninteresting details. The 
government of the Philippines is of a dual character, 
being military and civil on the part of the state, and 
ecclesiastical on the part of the church. Nominally the 
state governs, actually the church is the master. No 
better illustration of the tendency of ecclesiastical insti- 
tution to self-aggrandizement can be found than this 
eastern archipelago. The church dignitaries control 
the politicians in Madrid, they control the officials in the 
Philippines, they own vast tracts of valuable territory, 
and they have had the laws so framed as to make them- 
selves members de jure of nearly every branch and bureau 
of the colonial government. The nominal head of the 
government is the governor-general and commander-in- 
chief. The actual head is the Archbishop of Manila. 

Under the governor-general there is a vice-governor- 
general, a colonial secretary, two assistant secretaries, 
and six secretary clerks. There is a chief officer of public 
order, with a first and second deputy. There is a chief 
interpreter who is supposed to be familiar with at least 
four of the native languages, a chief interpreter of French 
and English, and a chief interpreter of the Sulu Ian* 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 121 

guage. The governor-general receives a salary of fortjr 
thousand dollars a year and perquisites. There is an 
executive council^ of which the chairman is the govemor- 
general^ and the members the archbishop^ the naval com- 
mander» the vice-governor, the president of the Supreme 
Court, the superintendent of finance, the director of civil 
administration, and the colonial treasurer. There is an 
administrative council, which consists of the governor- 
general as chairman, the commander of the stationvice- 
chairman the archbishop, the bishops sufiEragan, the presi- 
dent of the Manila court, the superintendent of finance, 
the director of civil administration ; the registrar of the 
Manila court, the magistrates of the Common Court, and 
two members appointed by the government. 

There is a finance committee of seven members, an 
advisory committee of seven members, a legal department 
of two members; a Supreme Court, consisting of a presi- 
dent and four members, and a registrar. There is a Board 
of Censors, consisting of the colonial treasurer as chair- 
man, and four members, and a censor of the public press. 
There are seventy-seven provinces which give employ- 
ment to seventy-seven provincial governors, and a con- 
vict settlement under an inspector-general. The gov- 
ernor of a first class province receives four thousand ^Ye 
hundred dollars a year and perquisites; of a second-class 
province, four thousand a year and perquisites; and of a 
third-class, three thousand five hundred and perquisites. 
The island is also divided into military districts or pre- 
cincts. The first division is into three parts, each com- 
manded by a brigadier-general, to whom is allowed a 
staff. These are subdivided into districts, of which the 
head is a colonel, a lieutenant-colonel, a major and a cap- 
tain, according to their importance. The brigadier-gen- 
eral Qt Mindanao receives seventeea thousand ei^rliit 



122 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

hundred and twenty-five dollars salary ; the colonel of 
JolOy seven thousand two hundred and forty dollars ; the 
lieutenant-colonel of the West Carolines, four thousand 
nine hundred; the major of Zamboanga, three thou- 
sand eight hundred and fifty-six dollars; the captain 
of Concepcion, one thousand nine hundred and eighty 
dollars. 

There are four naval stations, of which the heads 
receive from three thousand eight hundred dollars per 
annum to six thousand nine hundred dollars. Under 
these heads are all sorts of bureaus and ofSces. Some 
are familiar to Americans, such as the custom house, tax 
office, the treasury, the public works, and the army 
building. Others are mysterious, such as the bureau of 
woods and forests, of mountains, of rivers, of fishing, of 
harbors, of tax farming, and of tax produce ; in fact, there 
appears to be a bureau or an office for every conceivable 
thing a government can do, and a great many for things 
that government ought not to do, that a government can- 
not do, but pretends to do. 

This gives a great number of offices to the politicians, 
and none is ever vacant. Many powerful politicians hold 
three or four offices, of which the joint income and per- 
quisites make a very large salary. Others hold offices 
with a small salary, but enormous perquisites. No one 
has ever been heard of that held a small office with a 
small salary that was satisfied with his lot, or that did 
not attempt to levy upon all people desirous of official 
favors. 

It is very difficult to make head or tail out of Spanish 
finances. The Spaniards themselves cannot do it, and it 
is therefore futile for outsiders to try the experiment. 
A late budget gives the total of about five hundred thou- 
sand dollars for salaries of heads of government per year^ 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 123 

and then deducts a hundred and seventy -five thousand 
as belonging to army and navy estimates. In another 
column it gives three hundred thousand dollars for army 
and navy expenses^ and charges the remainder to the 
general colonial account. The church organization is 
headed by the archbishop, who has a staff consisting of 
a secretary, three assistant secretaries, a vicar-general, 
Iiromoter fiscal, and a notary. The archepiscopal chap- 
ter consists of the dean, sub-dean, precentor, schoolmas- 
ter, treasurer, canon-doctoral, canon-magistral, canon- 
penitentiary, nine prebendaries, a master of ceremonies, 
a succentor, and a sacristan. There are bishops in 
charge of the Episcopal districts of Cebu, Nueva Caceres, 
Jaro, and Nueva Segovia. To each bishopric is assigned 
a vicar-general, a secretary and clerks, a college with a 
rector or director with ecclesiastical professors ranging 
from four to ten in number, and in some of the districts 
special institutions in charge of church officials. There 
are eight religious orders : the Augustine, Dominican, 
Becollet, Franciscan, Capuchin, the Jesuit St. Yinoent de 
Paul, and the Daughters of Charity. Each has its pro- 
vincial or superior, and each conducts convents or mon- 
asteries, of which there are nearly thirty in all the 
islands. 

The Supreme Court has a general president, a civil 
president, four civil magistrates, a criminal president, 
and four criminal magistrates; a fiscal agent, four advo- 
cates, a chief secretary, a college of notaries, with doyen 
and two censors, and a college of advocates, with a doyen 
and two deputies. There is also the finance department, 
with a superintendent, assistant superintendent, chief in- 
spector and assistant inspector. There is a council of 
finance consisting of ten members of whom one is the 
administrator of lotteries. GRiere is a tariff committee 



124 MANILA AND THK 1>HILIPPINES. 

with nineteen membersy a Board of Eduoatioii oonaiiting 
of the governor-general^ the archbishop^ the reverend 
president of St. John's College, and the provineial of the 
Eecollet Friars. There is a university oonduoted by 
friars and a Municipal Atheneum under the same super- 
vision. Under the public works department there are 
bureaus of inspection, engineering, architecture, forests, 
mines, lands, agriculture, farms, manufactures, commerce, 
weather-observatory and harbor, and for the Province of 
Manila a Prison Board of Health, Police Board, and a 
department of pawnshops and savings banks, of which 
our good friend, the archbishop, is the president. 

It will be noticed that the church holds a large and 
often a controlling part, in nearly every government func- 
tion. It participates in the making of the law and the 
execution of the law, in the finances of the state, and in 
education. It has chaplains in the regiments and on 
the warships, and it has almost complete control of its 
own finances and of the finances which it secures through 
the ageney of the state. 

The cost of running this machine is about ten millions 
of dollars a year. The revenue of the government, which 
is always to leave a sorplns, invariably produces a defi- 
ciency varying from one to more than two millions a 
year. Thus iSbe eokmy is always in debt, and is worse 
off at the present time than it has ever been before. 

The budget tells a pitiful story of the way in which the 
finances are managed. Everyone has to pay a poll tax, 
and a special tax upon the poll tax. Every Chinaman 
pays a special tax and a second tax upon the first. The 
opium concession brings in a half-million dollars a year ; 
storekeepers' and peddlers' licenses over a million a year; 
lotteries a net profit of a half-million a year. This is 
bad enoagh^ but there are other entries showing absolute 



MANILA AND TH£ PHILIPPINES. US 

imbeoiliiy. Thus, the Bureau of Inspection of Woods and 
Forests is conducted by a chief inspector, with a salary 
of six thousand Btc hundred dollars, and a staff of one 
hundred and sixteen assistants and surbordinates. The 
total cost is one hundred and sixty-five thousand nine 
hundred and sixty dollars, while the anticipated duties 
on felled timber which pays this account is about eighty 
thousand dollars. As a matter of fact the receipts of the 
department are usually about sixty-five thousand dollars, 
and the expenses about one hundred and eighty thousand 
dollars, so that there is an annual deficiency of about one 
hundred thousand dollars a 3''ear. The subordinates of 
the department receive poor pay, many not getting more 
than five hundred dollars a 3'ear. They make up for it 
by corrupt deals with everyone in the business. Thus 
for a reasonable consideration they will mark first quality 
eigh teen-inch timber damaged fifteen inch, a jam of five 
hundred logs becomes three hundred and seventeen logs, 
an entire consignment of new timber will be checked off 
as being the preceding year's output already paid for. 
Each and every item will be falsified, so that the official 
returns are always far from the truth. Still more cruel 
and corrupt is the system of taxing in produce and not 
in money. 

The official assesses the tax in money, adding to it in- 
terest and fees for giving a receipt and also for sealing 
the receipt. He then takes from the poor native at an 
official valuation, enought rice, maize, or other produce, 
to equal the amount called for in the bill. Sometimes 
he uses false measures, fifty per cent, larger than what 
they ought to be. He then ships the produce to the 
market on a government steamer on his own individual 
account, getting sometimes three, four and five times 
the amount he pays over to the government. One official 



126 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

in Mindanao, who had a salary of forty-fiye dollars a 
month, retired at the end of four years with a fortune of 
sixty thousand dollars whioh he had made in this way. 
Several of the provincial governors have realized during 
their tenure of ofiSce a quarter of a million, and with the 
exception of Governor-General Blanco, who enjoyed the 
unique distinction of being called the only honest gover- 
nor-general the Philippines ever knew, not one governor- 
general has retired from office without being an enor- 
mously rich man. The saddest feature of officialdom is 
the hopelessness of reform. In Manila society a favorite 
subject of conversation is the amount of wealth accum- 
ulated by this or that official. If he has made little he 
is laughed at, if much he is lauded and admired; but 
there is never a word of deprecation or indignation. 
Another illustration is found in the evasion of the law 
which prescribes that every male adult shall give the 
state fifteen days' labor per annum or redeem it by a pay- 
ment of money. As a matter of fact only the needy who 
cannot spare the money do the work demanded by law, 
nevertheless the returns show that soaroeb* one penny is 
received for the forced labor, and that everybody has put 
in his fifteen days. Labor is supposed to be expended 
upon roads, sewers, canals, bridges, and clearing the 
wilderness. With the exception of the few roads, how- 
ever, which are kept in good condition by the farmers 
and business men, there are no thoroughfares worth men- 
tioning. The canals are in many instances so blocked as 
to be unuseable, none of the public lands have been 
cleared, and what few bridges have been put or kept in 
repair can be counted upon the fingers of the two hands, 
and in all of these cases it has been done bj* private en- 
terprise and not by public authority. But an immense 
amount of forced labor has been diverted to private pur- 







BBEF^ 




^^"^^\ 




'^H^^i'j^ 


mM 


#vj 




j^l^lBI^^E^r 


1 


1 




^^^^^^^A '^^■j 


1 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 127 

poses. Officials have had their establishments repaired 
and embellished in this manner, some even have had their 
plantations worked the year through by these paupers of 
the state. The late experience of Admiral Dewey at 
Manila shows that the same corruption had permeated 
the most sacred duties of citizenship, and that the 
arsenals, navies, and forts of the Philippines had been 
utilized by the gOTeming classes as an efficient mechan- 
ism for amassing an inquitous fortune. 



128 KIANILA AND THE P&ILit>iPIN£S. 



CHAPTER XV: 

THE PHIUFPINB NXWBPAPZB WOBLD. 

To an Aznerioan aocusiomed to the newspaper system 
of his home, ^ith its world-wide news servioe, its noble 
literary and soientifio features, its grasp of politics, local, 
national, and international, the newspapers of the Philip- 
pines present a curious spectacle. They are not very 
numerous, there being seven in Manila, two in Iloilo, 
and one in Cebu. At Manila two of the journals are 
published in the morning : El Diario de Manila, and La 
Oceania Espaflola, and four in the evening, El Comercio 
La Voz Espaflola (formerly called La Voz de Espana), El 
Espaftol and El Noticero, There is a bi-weekly called 
La Opinion, whose appearances are as mysterious as 
those of a comet. There was another paper. La Corre- 
spondencia de Manila, which was based upon the Lucus a 
non lucendo principle. It published a few notes, an in- 
terminable novel, and finally died from paralysis of its 
circulation. The best of the papers is El Diario, 

At Iloilo are two journals, El Porvenir Bisayaa 
and El Echo de Panay. The little journal of Cebu is 
entitled El Boletin de Cebu, These publications are all 
of the same type, and the type is a curious one. Nomi- 
nally they print and purvey news, actual news is the 
very last thing to which they pay any attention. Nearly 
if not quite all enjoy subventions from the government, 
and it is needless to remark that they are vigorous sup- 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 129 

porters of the administration. The more prosperous 
have subventions from the church. These subventions 
alone support the papers and pay a neat profit. The 
subscriptions and advertisements serve to increase the 
revenue. The paper is made in Spain, and is a good 
and durable tissue. It ^ears better than the cheap wood 
pulp paper upon which most American journals are 
printed, but it is poorly made and poorly finished. 
The surface is rough and the thickness of each sheet not 
uniform. The result is that the printing is wretched. 
At some points the ink spreads and looks blurred, at 
other points it just touches the paper, and makes but a 
faint impression, while every now and then either a type 
is broken, or the ink does not touch at all, so that the 
reader is compelled to supply the necessary letter or 
letters. Each journal conducts a serial story usually 
printed across the lower half of the page, and one or 
more short stories, all of which are carefully cissored 
from Spanish or South American publications. When 
they want to make a big hit they translate a new French 
novel. The exertion of this operation is so great that it 
is hard to say who are the more astonished, the editors 
of the paper or its readers. There are several columns 
of official and hierarchical news which are as dreary as 
can be imagined, a lot of short notes and paragraphs, a 
number^f jokes chiefly time-honored, and a few bits of 
what by courtesy may be called news. 

Every now and then there are fierce editorials in which 
some attack from a foreign paper is resented, and the 
abuse attacked is held up as a marvel of human wisdom 
and statesmanship. These articles were quite numerous. 

At the beginning of the present war between Spain 
and the United States, and also at the time of the prose- 
cution of Dr. Bizal, during the Philippine insurrection 



130 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

of 1896-97. Those editorials translated into English 
would make about as funny a book as Mark Twain's 
"Innocents Abroad." They display an ignorance ren- 
dered all the more offensive by incomplete knowledge 
and arrogance, and intolerance inexplicable to an Ameri- 
can mind. Thus, for example, Dr. Bizal was a man of 
blameless life, a sincere patriot whose only fault was a 
desire to better the social and political conditions of the 
Philippines. He was wise and politic, and never alluded 
to the hideous scandals which constitute the chief staple 
of conversation in that part of the world. The only 
mention he ever made of these things was when in argu- 
ing for various reforms he declared that thoughtful legis- 
lation would put an end to many evils, which, under the 
present regime seemed incurable. This modest state- 
ment was seized upon as an evidence of high treason, 
and was one of the specifications in the charges brought 
against him for which he was executed in December 1896. 
The journals in commenting upon his appeal for better 
government took the ground, not only that he was a 
traitor, but that he was bribed by heretical churches, or 
British statesmen ; that the government of the Philip- 
pines was a model which was bound to be adopted in 
due course of time by every nation possessing colonies; 
that prosperity and thrift prevailed in the islands to an 
unequaled extent, and that the natives were treated 
with greater consideration than they deserved. About 
that time, it may have been the same day, there was a 
paragraph in several of the journals which was an elo- 
quent commentary upon the editorials. It read about as 
follows: A number of natives in the Province of Panay, 
upon the pretext that a priest had punished . several 
female domestics with greater severity than was proper, 
entered into a seditious conspiracy with the avowed 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 131 

object of killing the occupant of the holy of&ce. News 
was promptly dispatched to the commandant of the near- 
est garrison, who sent a company of soldiers in response 
to the request. The natives gathering with intent to 
assault the soldiers, the latter thinking prevention better 
than cure, fired upon them, killing and wounding nearly 
all the members of the mob. The rest Oed to the interior, 
but will probably be captured and dealt with summarily. " 

But it is in comparing Spain with other countries that 
the Philippine editor displays his highest genius. It 
was Spain which discovered the New "World, and, there- 
fore, everything done in its countries is to be charged to 
the credit of the discoverer. It was Charles V. who once 
ruled over nearly all of Europe to illustrate what Spanish 
soldiers can do when they so desire, and what at any 
time Spain may do again when the humor takes her. It 
was the Spanish navy which conquered the French, and 
not their vainglorious British allies under Nelson. It 
was the Spanish army that drove Napoleon across the 
Pyrenees, although a British braggart named Welling- 
ton tried to steal the credit for himself. Spain lost her 
colonies, although her armies had crushed the insurgents 
in each state and province, because she could not bring 
herself to refuse the sacred voice of Eome, which implored 
her to desist from further bloodshed. 

There is something pitiful in such exhibitions of 
humor, vanity, and moral weakness. The desire to pose 
and strut with a feather in the bonnet, although the 
clothing is in rags; to drag a huge broadsword, which 
the aged owner can no longer wield, to bear a book 
which weakened eyes can no longer read, and to sing 
heroic war songs in a cracked and senile falsetto, is 
about the saddest thing in life. 

As for news proper the Philippine editor regards it not 



133 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

only as a bore, but as an impertinence. It may be qnes- 
tioned if any newspaper in the Philippines has as yet 
ohronicled any of the discoyeries of Dewar, Bayleigh, 
Bamsay, Lister, Edison, Tesla, Maxim, Roentgen, Koch^ 
Thomas Westinghouse, or other great inventors or dis- 
coverers whose works have revolutionized modern life. 
It may be questioned if they have published the political 
changes from time to time, in France, Germany, Great 
Britain, or the United States. It may be denied in ad- 
vance, without the least knowledge on the subject, that 
they they have read, or heard of any new writer in either 
German, Butisian, or English. As for such events as 
Nansen's and Peary's magnificent voyages, Cecil Bhodes, 
civilizing a continent, the invention of the electric rail- 
way; the manufacture of aluminum, nickel steel, and 
Harvey steel, probably not a syllable has appeared in the 
journals mentioned. 

Their atmosphere is a servile imitation, and an inferior 
one at that, of the atmosphere of their home country. 
Its courtesy and fine breeding, make it all the more re- 
pulsive to readers brought up in other lands. Yet these 
very qualities produce very humorous situations. Prior 
to the revolution in Spain which brought about the 
Spanish republic, favorite topic for the Manila editor 
was the monstrosity of British democracy and American 
republicanism. When the Castelar movement succeeded, 
the Philippine press is said to have suspended issue for 
two days, and then it came out for the glorification of 
the rights of man and an eulogy of government of the 
people, by the people, and for the people. For at least 
a month their republicanism would have done credit to 
one of the old Bomans. When the monarchy was re- 
stored there was another intellectual fit, during which all 
the filet and book numbers were either concealed or de- 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 133 

stroked and a new series of editorials, denouncing the 
former opinions were evolyed in the various sanctums. 
It is impossible to get in Manila a copy of an^^ paper 
published during the fortnight after the news was re- 
ceived of the establishment of a republic in Spain. 

The circulation of the papers is small, the average 
Spaniard cannot read and write, the ratio of illiteracy 
being greater in the Philippines than in Spain. 

In Spain the ratio is about seventy per cent., in the 
Philippines it is about ninety-nine per cent. No more 
significant commentary upon the colonial administration 
cotild be adduced. 



134 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 



CHAPTER XVI. 

THE NATIVES. 

While the Malays of the PhilippiDes belong to the same 
race as those of Java, Sumatra, and the Malay penin- 
sula, they have in the course of three centuries been 
changed partly by their surroundings and partly hy 
Spanish rule. The tendency of the climate is against 
exertion. It is never cold, so that the weak as well as the 
strong can sleep out of doors the year through. There 
are no ferocious carnivora, so there is no necessity for 
organized resistance to a common enemy. The soil is 
unspeakably fertile, and under natural conditions would 
supply a population twice as large with all the food it 
required. These influences tend, no matter what the 
form of government might be, toward creating a love for 
ease and idleness. The Spanish rule on the other hand 
has only one aim, and that the acquisition of the largest 
possible revenue. The result is an artificial necessity to 
work. The average native must work or starve. If he 
resists he is treated as a malefactor — if he runs away as 
an outlaw. When laws become too severe men become 
hypocrites and liars. These truths are evidenced by the 
character of the Philippine native, and explain many 
seeming paradoxes. A man makes a faithful and efficient 
employee, but at any time he is liable to stop working 
and to loaf for a year or two, especially if he can secure a 
supply of food during that period. And a very good 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 136 

employee does this little Philippine Malay make. He is 
hired on nearly every steamship in the far East in the 
role of quartermaster, and other minor positions, and 
always gives satisfaction. On many oooasions these 
Manilamen (as they are termed) have displayed high 
fortitude, self-oontrol, and even heroism. There were 
some on the ill-fated steamer Bokhara when she went 
down off the Pescadores, and they, with the officers, 
were the last to leave their posts. There were some on 
the steamship Namoa when she was captured by the 
pirates in 1890, and they behaved with the same courage 
as the English officers. The Chinese, who are keen 
judges of human character, say of the European that he 
is a white devil, and of the Malay that he is a brown one, 
which, under the circumstances, may be regarded as a 
high compliment. The Spaniards, who judge all other 
people by analogy, have never been able to understand 
their brown subjects. One Spanish writer who lived 
many j^ears in Luzon, not far from Manila, said that the 
native was incomprehensible, that the mechanism of his 
thought, that the motives of his actions were an heir- 
loom from chaos, or else the inspiration of the Evil One. 
A philologist calls attention to the fact that in all of the 
Malay languages of the Philippines there are no words 
for saying ''thank you," and that the word which kneans 
honest in several dialects also means simple, youthful or 
puerile in others. In regard to truth they do not hesi- 
tate to lie, and even when found out show no shame or 
mortification. In this respect they are very much like ^ 
their next door neighbors, the Chinese lower classes. 
The author had a friend at Amoy, China, who had a very 
faithful and efficient servant. One day the latter came 
to his master weeping and asked permission to leave him 
for two days, as his mother was dead* The permission 



136 , MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

vf&B given without hesitation. The next year, to ilie 
master's surprise, there ^as the same request, with simi- 
lar weeping. He said nothing, but gave the servant the 
desired leave of absence. This went on for four years, 
until the master grew tired. On the last occasion he 
looked at the servant and said sharply : ''What do you 
mean? Your mother died last year and the year before 
that. She's died regularly for five years past." The 
servant nodded his head in acquiescence, and replied : 
"Yes, master, the same old dead." Their moral code 
has many odd features. They rarely steal, and even 
when they do steal it is to gratify some pressing want, 
yet even here they do not seem to differentiate between 
one kind of want and another. A man who takes a loaf 
of bread because he is starving, a man who takes a jewel 
and pawns it wherewith to buy opium when he is suffer- 
ing for a smoke, and a man who steals money wherewith 
to buy a good suit in which to attend a religious festival, 
are all put in the same category. In each case, to the 
native mind, the wrongdoer was the victim of necesBit3\ 
The Tagal is as mercurial and talkative as the proverb- 
ial Frenchman, while a Yisaya is a stoic who would have 
been approved by Zeno himself. Though nominally 
Christians, they preserve their ancient superstitions 
almost unmodified. They believe in devils, in magic, in 
charms, and in luck. A terrible commentary upon 
Spanish rule is found in the simple word "Castila." Its 
primary meaning upon the face is an inhabitant of 
Castile. Its other meanings are Spaniard, European, 
white man, enemy and devil. The word is a small 
history condensed to seven letters. The native has one 
well developed virtue — he is fond of both wife and 
children. In their defense he is as brave as a lion, and 
as eunning as a serpent. The warm attachment we oaU 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 137 

friendship is almost unknown to him. The friend of 
to-day is forgotten to-morrow, and the friend of to-mor- 
row is dropped in a single hour for a newcomer. He 
possesses but little humor, but enjoys simple practical 
jokes and the tricks and antics which pertain to child- 
hood and monke^^hood. He thinks it wrong to pass 
between you and the sun. The casting of one's shadow 
upon another person is apt to produce mysterious and 
terrible results. More unpardonable still is to step over 
a person, sick or well, wounded or whole, asleep or awake. 
It is worst of all when the person is asleep. The reason 
of this odd belief is that when a person is lying down 
the soul may escape from the body, and that when a per- 
son is asleep or in a faint that the soul has left the body, 
and is traveling in another world. To step over a wak- 
ing person may frighten the soul out of a body, to step 
over a sleeping person may prevent the soul returning to 
its carnal home. The Malay's code of morals is both 
strict and lax. The husband is profoundly jealous of his 
wife and solicitous as to her honor, but he manifests no 
interest whatever in her morals before marriage, or in 
the morals of his daughters. This appears to be com- 
mon to many races in the East. A similar state of affairs 
exists in Japan, and in both Java and Sumatra. In 
their social relation there appears to survive an ancient 
family or patriarchal system. The oldest member of a 
house is obeyed by sons and grandsons, even though 
they be far stronger and more stalwart, and it is not 
uncommon for elders to give a sound flogging to young 
men of their clan as well as their family. A man is 
bound to help a brother, cousin, and even distant cousin 
upon the score of kinship. Thus every wealthy or well- 
to-do native family has any number of hangers-on who 
are treated, not as objects of charity, but as persons hav- 



138 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

ing a right to food, clothing, lodging and amusemeni 
In native communities troubles and dissensions are sub- 
mitted to the elders, who adjudicate upon them, and 
usually display much common sense and equity in their 
judgments. In other matters there is no uniformity of 
characteristics. The natives are hospitable — some from 
generosity, some from custom, some from fear, and some 
from avarice. 

The Spanish residents declare the northern tribes, 
especially the Tagals, to be much better in these matters 
than the southern ones, such as the Yisayas and Sulus. 
In religious matters the northern tribes display little or 
no deep feeling and none of the intense conviction vtrhich 
marks ignorant Protestants and Catholics. The southern 
trioes are different in this regard. The Sulus and the 
people of Mindanao, who are Mohammedans, display 
almost as much ferocity and fanaticism as their co-reli- 
gionists, the Arabs of Asia and the Hovendovas of Africa. 

The v^omen are passionately fond of jewelry and dis- 
play, and will go to any length to secure the means for 
gratifying their wishes in this regard. Every attractive 
piece of female ornament receives the greatest care and is 
transmitted by mothers to their children generation after 
generation. 

While the natives are cruel it may be doubted if they 
are one whit worse than their conquerors. In warfare 
they do not sin on the side of mercy, neither does any 
other savage or half savage race. Neither do all the civ- 
ilized races. It was not two years since the Spaniards 
themselves deliberately put over one hundred luckless 
revolutionists in the black hole at Manila where they 
were smothered by foul air before morning, and in May 
of this year the Spanish officers in Manila declared that 
they would put in the same hideous dungeon every 



MANILA AND tllE PHILIPPINES. 13& 

Amerioan whom they captured. The Malays are kind to 
animals. It may not be a true compassion^ it may be 
indifference^ but no Malay ever invented bull fighting^ 
oook fighting, and the abominable sport of stallion fight- 
ing — all of which are cultivated by the Spaniards in the 
Philippines upon a large scale. Neither does the Malay 
care for sport. If he kills fish, fiesh or fowl, it is because 
he is hungry and intends to eat what he captures. The 
civilized idea of sport, of killing animals for the sake of 
enjoying fine marksmanship, could not be understood by 
the Malay intelligence. What cruelty previously existed 
in the Malay character cannot have been very large, else 
the training and experience he has had for three cen- 
turies would have made him a fiend incarnate. 

The native is remarkable brave. He will calmly scale 
a cliff where a single misstep would cause his being 
dashed to pieces, he will plunge into the sea from the 
side of his craft, and with a keen-edged creese attack a 
neighboring shark. He has been known by English 
sportsmen to attack the dreaded cayman in the same 
manner, and to go into a boa's den armed only with a 
torch and knife. To the native mind audacity and reck- 
lessness are the highest virtues. Spanish control of the 
Philippines has been based for three centuries upon the 
feeling in the native mind that the Spaniard was irresist- 
ible and invincible. The defeat of Montejo and Augusti 
in Manila Ba}** has shattered Spanish dominion forever. 

If every United States soldier were taken away from 
the Philippines, and a Spanish army of one hundred 
thousand landed upon its shores, it would never again 
reduce the natives to subjection. 



140 MANILA AND tHE PHILIPPINES. 



CHAPTER XVn. 

SOME NATIVE INDUSTRIES. 

The little brown men are industrious in spite of the 
utter lack of encouragement from the government, and 
the burdensome taxation whioh clogs every wheel of 
social and industrial life. Many of their industries are 
very ancient, especially those involving spinning and 
weaving, and the utilization and manufacture of sea 
shells into useful or ornamental articles. So strong is 
Chinese influence throughout this land, that it is very 
difficult to determine how far these industries are in- 
digenous, and how far they have been taught by the 
patient Monoglian to his less civilized brother and 
neighbor. There is one good thing about John China- 
man. Wherever he settles he carries his industry with 
him. He believes in the gospel of labor, and is a mis- 
sionary in its behalf. In all those countries in which he 
has settled, and there are inferior races, he has tried to 
teach them some calling by which both scholar and 
teacher could reap a profit. In Formosa for an illustra- 
tion, John Chinaman taught the Hakka and the Malay 
Autochthones how to extract camphor, and camphor oil, 
from the camphor wood, and how to make grass cloth. 

At Singapore he has built up many industries in which 
some of his best workmen are Malays from that part 
of the Indo-Chinese peninsula. In the Philippines we 
know that he taught the Malay to gather and prepare the 



Manila and the Philippines^ 141 

edible birds* nesia, the shark's fin andtidl, ihebechede la 
mer. So, therefore, when it Is claimed on his behalf that 
he introduced into Luzon and the other islands many 
of the leading native industries, the probabilities strong- 
ly favor the claim. The most important of these indus- 
tries from a commercial point of view is the manufacture 
of those beautiful tissues, pina or pineapple cloth made 
from the fibre of that plant, jusi which is a variety of 
silk weaving and grass cloth, which is similar but inferior 
to that of Swatow. All three cloths are known and high- 
ly appreciated by American women. Pineapple cloth 
has the brilliancy and strength of silk, and also the 
translucency and rigidity which make it extremely val- 
uable for woman's apparel. The making of the cloth is 
not a very complicated process. The leaves are selected 
at certain periods determined by the trade, and are 
rotted both under water and in the sun. This is done 
partly to separate the long threads from the cellulose and 
lignose fibre, and also to free the threads from gum, sap, 
or foreign matter. These threads or hairs are very fine, 
and in color vary from white to yellowish white, and 
grayish white. They are sponged by the native women, 
and then woven upon a simple hand loom which bears a 
strong resemblance to the loom used by the Chinese in the 
Swatow and Chow Chow Foo districts. As the industry 
is taxed and each loom is taxed, the natives have neither 
the disposition nor the capital to buy the more expensive 
and more efficient weaving machinery of the civilized 
nations. Neither have they learned the principles which 
have made Jacquard famous nor those which have been 
evolved by native weavers in India and China. Even 
under their present disadvantages they do a large busi- 
ness and supply great quatities of pina to both the 
l^hilippine and foreign markets. There is still a demand 



142 MANILA ANt) THfi PttlLlt>PlK£S. 

among the natives for the ourious patterns of which the 
Sarong pattern of Java is a good type. These ourious 
patterns apparently belong to the Malay race. They 
may be described as geometrical styles in which older 
conventionalisms have been still futher conventionalized 
until they have lost their symbolic character, and have 
become merely graceful, or odd shapes and outlines. In 
confirmation of this view it may be noticed that some of 
them employ a lattice work, and the symbolic crosses 
know as Svastika which are found in Bengal; others em- 
ploy a figure similar to the palm leaf, and the roughb** 
sketched lion of Persia. A third is an imitation of, or a 
suggestion from, the bamboo and willow patterns of 
Japan. Another reproduces the giant centipede of the 
tropics, representing the body by a long rectangle with 
beveled ends, and the legs by hundreds of short parallel 
lines, on either side of the longer axis of the figure. 

Being reduced in size the line of legs looks like a mere 
fringe, and this in turn is applied to figures which have 
no similarity to the centipede. Thus, a circular figure 
said to be a cocoanut has a fringe or whiskers, as irrev- 
erent critics term it, running completely around it. An- 
other figure looks like a modified bishop's miter. This 
is decorated with several rows of fringe. The patterns 
are printed from blocks, and worked in by hand. The 
Philippine designers cannot be mentioned in the same 
breath with the Javanese. The latter go so far as to 
weave historical stories into their cloths, while the former 
content themselves with a limited number of geometrical 
designs. 

When it comes to the shell industries the traveler 
enters a new and beautiful industrial world. Here the 
patient little brown man of the far East can take pride in 
his achievement. Nature has given him a marvelosu 



/ 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES 143 

ttorehoase from which to draw his materials. There 
are oyster shells of many species^ nearly all of which are 
utilized. Some are perfectly' flat, and can be wrought 
into sheets or planes, others are deep and large, big 
enough in many cases to make a giant punchbowl. The 
sea concha are numerous^ and widely varied in outline 
and color. There are scores of other species marked by 
a rich and lustrous nacre. 

And then comes an unending multitude of little shells 
some no larger than children's glass beads. In the shell 
industries live shell is used to the exclusion of dead shell 
excepting where a species is very scarce, in which case the 
dead shell is used although it does not bring the price of 
the live. To those who do not know the distinction 
between the two, the explanation is that live shell means 
the shell of the living animal, and dead shell the shell of 
the dead animal. The live animals is caught and ac- 
cording to the nature of the shell it is killed by being 
thrown into boiling water or by the attacks of land 
animals such as antn, fowl, rats or else it is cut out by a 
workman with a knife or else it is buried and allowed to 
decay. When the animal has been removed the shell is 
out at an oblique angle to its axis. Some of the artisans 
employ a saw and others use a clumsy grindstone, cutting 
it at one angle produces a shape whose general outline is 
that of a lop-sided dumb bell. This is trimmed down 
until it becomes a spoon. According to the size of the 
shell or the part cut, the finished product may be a tea- 
spoon dessert spoon, soup spoon ladle, a salt measurer, or 
an ice-cream server. The bowl is of a bright golden color 
with a high luster, and the outside is pearl color, gray, 
pink or gold or else a pretty combination or mottle of all 
these tints. Despite the large amount of labor required 
these spoons are very cheap. A set of soup spoons can 



144 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

be bought from a nativo maker for twelve cents a dozen, 
and the teaspoons for ono half that amount. While inr 
ferior in strength to metal the shell is much stronger 
than china or porcelain, aud is more durable and attract 
tive than wood. It does not absorb grease when used at 
the table, and is not injured by soap in washing. 

Sea Gouchs of tho same genus, but of different species, 
are treated in the same manner, and yield handsome 
bowls, tureens, vegetable dishes, cups, saucers, plates, 
pin boxes, jewel-cases, card receivers, ash cups, 
tobacco jars, and other curved receptacles. According 
to the shell employed, the interior is rose, pink, gold, 
amber, or pearl, in color. At times these beautiful orna« 
ments are mounted with cheap silver frames, or in 
pewter, which is sent over from Swatow. An ingenious 
trade carried on upon quite an extensive basis is founded 
on the utilization of the secreting power of the Philippine 
fresh water mussel. This mussel excels even the oyster 
in the quantity though not the quality of the liquor 
which, by evaporation or separation, produces mother of 
pearl. The Chinese are masters of the art, while the 
Malays have proven docile pupils. The commonest thing 
is the production of pearl which is secured by putting 
{Trains of sand or circular fragments of shell, or of mother 
of pearl into the mussel where it is covered with the 
pearly coating in a week, and where at the end of several 
months it has become a seeming pearl although of poor 
quality. Another trick is the enlargement of the small 
pearls, and the improvement of discolored and unshapely 
ones. This takes a longer period, but is accomplished 
without much exertion. Little figures in kaolin well 
burned, but not glazed, or disks of kaolin on which has 
been engraved a face or a character, are put into the shell 
of the luckless mussel, and kept there until they are also 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 146 

covered with a fine pearly ooat. Most ingenious of all 
is the artifice of fastening to the lower shell of the mussel 
a little figure of a god, a Svastika, or other symbolio 
3haraoter, and there letting it remain for many months. 
The growth of the shell raises the surface, and finally* 
when it has reached the level of the object fastened, this 
is removed leaving in the shell a perfect oast of all its 
lines and surfaces. The mussel is then destroyed, and 
the shell sold to the superstitious, especially to Buddh- 
ists, and to Mohammedans, the former reverencing the 
excellent reproduction of the figure of the great Indian 
prince, and the latter believing in the occult virtues of 
the Svastika. 

An industry which gives employment to many thousands 
is based upon oyster shells, of which two kinds are the 
most important. One is the fiat Manila oyster, which, 
as an American lady said, starts in life resembling a dime, 
and winds up looking like a pieplate, and the giant 
Philippine oyster, which is like the big bivalve of our own 
Pacific coast. The shell of each kind contains more 
nacre than any belonging to the American continent. It 
has a high luster, and remarkable cohesive strength. It 
laminates slightly and cleaves with facility. It contains 
very little grit, so that it can be readily cut with a saw, 
and ground with an ordinary grindstone. These shells 
are first caught by professional gatherers, who sell the 
meat to natives and Chinese, but not to Europeans; the 
latter find the flavor unpleasant, and also have a belief 
that the animals are more or less poisonous. The natives 
however, prepare them in many ways and pronounce them 
a good food. The Manila shells are then split, and 
out into small squares, and other regular shapes, and are 
used as substitutes for glass in window frames. When 
well out and ground they shut out about one-half of the 



146 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES, 

light, and give the other half a mild irridesoence which 
is extremely beautiful. Beside shutting out half the light 
they have the quality of mica in shutting out all heat. 
They are poor nonconductors, and thus a window, whose 
panes are made of ground oyster shells, keeps a room in 
a half gloom like twilight, and even alongside of the win- 
dow itself in the hottest day in summer, the heat is no 
greater there than in any other part of the place. When 
the finest quality of shell is employed the irridescenoe is 
more marked, and the display more admirable. Occa- 
sionally a pane, or an entire window, is encountered 
through which the sunlight comes as if through massive 
opals. 

Two whiter varieties of the Manila shells are cut into 
what the Orientals regard as graceful or artistic shapes. 
Among the forms are the palette, the water lily leaf, the 
pain) leaf* the egg, the horseshoe curve, the spear head, 
the shield, both round and triangular, the lozenge, the 
lotus leaf, and lotus petal, the outline of a dome and the 
outline of a typical Chinese house. The surface on both 
sides is treated with the greatest care so as to have each 
a natural cleavage bed or layer of growth or else it is cut 
BO as to bring out the largest amount of irridescence. 
Upon one aide are then engraved in low or high relief the 
figures of animals, fishes, birds or men, castles, mountains 
scenery both landscape and waterscape, until the plate 
becomes a very handsome sketch or picture in relief. 

Looked at at right angles the picture is hardly visible, 
but when examined by a reflected light, or when looked 
at obliquely, the design comes out clearly and with a 
play of delicate rainbow tints that is simply delightful. 
Much secrecy io observed by dealers in these goods. 
But according to rumor the finishing of the shell is done 
bj the Malays^ who also make the rougher and cheaper 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 147 

drawings or the beginnings of the good drawings. The 
better drawings and the finishing stages of the poor 
drawings are made by Chinese artificers in Manila, while 
the handsomest and most elaborate are made by a guild 
of sculptors or engravers in Canton, China. 

None of the fragments which can be possibly utilized 
are wasted. Many pieces are cut into images, dolls and 
figurettes. Smaller fragments are cut into beads or into 
the cheapest kind of jewelry for the working classes of 
the far East. A neat necklace of these shell beads can 
be purchased for a few cents. Very large oyster shells 
are made into objects of commerce by a rough treatment 
which cleans the outside, leaving it rough in texture and 
grayish in color, looking like a fine gray sandstone, and 
of polishing the rough places in the interior until they 
are almost as smooth and lustrous as the rest of the shell. 
These are exported as South Sea curios to Europe and 
Asia. Europeans in all the lands from Japan to India 
use them as punch bowls, umbrella stands, and ornaments 
for either side of the fireplace. Another pretty way of 
employing them is to fill them with water and making 
them into an aquarium by having a few marine plants 
and some fishes. The demand from foreign lands for 
these shells extend to all which are more than an inch in 
length. Only the poorer qualities are sent away in bulk. 
These are sold by the bushel and barrel, and are fre- 
quently attainable in the open market at such ridiculous 
prices as forty and fifty cents a barrel. A third great 
class included the exquisite shells known as cowries. Of 
these there are over eighty species in the waters about the 
islands. The tortoise-shell cowrie, which is the favorite 
ornament of the New England mantelpiece, is here found 
in its finest development. Here also are the golden 
cowries, the rose cowries, the pearl cowries, the ^i^ 



148 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

cowries, and the other beautiful styles so loved by all 
students of conchology. 

The shells of several bivalves are employed to make oat's- 
eyes for the blue and white kinds. These are sold at 
retail to credulous globe trotters as genuine gems. They 
look very much like the originals, and when freshly cut 
and polished are more beautiful. The selling price of 
these pretty frauds with the unwary is two dollars apiece, 
put the native dealers quickly drop in their demands 
until they reach twelve cents. Here they quarrel if a 
further reduction is insisted upon, so that the value or 
cost may be estimated at about four cents. These bogus 
cat's-eyes are found as far to the northeast as Yokohama, 
and as far south as Australia, and as far west as Alexan- 
dria, Egypt. In this way the benevolent humbug of the 
Philippines comes in touch with a very large part of the 
civilized world. The oddest industry in regard to shells 
is the making of shell figures. The basis is a rough 
model of the finished article, made of clay, of baked clay, 
plaster paris, or even wood. The entire exterior is made 
of shells or fragments of shells of all colors and kinds 
which are applied to the model with strong glue or an 
adhesive paste or cement. It is marvelous what results 
can be obtained with these simple materials. Cloth is 
represented by tiny snail shells cleaned and polished and 
arranged in rows all touching one another. Division 
lines are made with narrow columnar shells no thicker 
than matches. A row of embroidery is made hy lapping 
fragments of very small clam shells, with well defined 
lines upon their surface. The features of the human face 
and of animal's faces, are reproduced by shells cut at 
various angles to obtain some similarity. The patience 
required in making these little figures is very great, and 
the ingenuity is altogether remarkable. A favorite group 



h 


i 


1 

1 


1 


1^ 




1 




I^V ' 1 


1 


J ", 


^-S"' 


M 


ii 


■^ 


I'i- 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 149 

is a man sitting upon a large fish with an open mouth, 
while another one is a rather well executed figure of the 
native buffalo. A number of shells are found, which, after 
proper cleaning and polishing, are sent to other lands 
where they are converted into a shell cameos. At one 
time these works of art were very popular in both Europe 
and America. The shells were very eas3' to cut, and the 
effect was almost as handsome as that obtained from the 
stone cameos, which are extremely difBcult and laborious. 
The shell cameo does not wear well, however, and after 
a few years its sharp lines become smooth, and its angles 
change to rounded surfaces. It lost its popularity, and 
is esteemed to-day by collectors of antiques. There is a 
whisper that the Philippine shells which go to Italy, 
France and Austria, reappear within the following year 
or two in the form of portraits of distinguished deceased 
ancestors, with dates and memoranda indicating that 
they were made far back in the eighteenth or even the 
seventeenth centuries. But this is a cruel suggestion, 
and even if it be true must not be charged to the little 
brown men of Luzon. 

The manufacture of hemp and of hemp and rope is 
partly native and partly Spanish. The natives had 
learned the virtues of hemp long before Magellan had 
gone through the strait which bears his name. They 
made an excellent rope, emplo:i'ing nearly all of the prin- 
ciples which are used to-day in that manufacture. 
Beside twisting the threads the cords and strands they 
also braided them, and with the braids in turn made 
strands by both twisting and a second braiding. The 
braided ropes were often quite flat, and were practically 
straps rather than ropes. They were and are utilized as 
harness for their ponies and buffaloes and also for rigging 
upon their primitive craft. In the household economy 



i 



HOC MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

theae hempen straps were used for suspending articles 
from beams and rafters out of the reach of rats and mice, 
for the toe bands of sandals, for making rude rugs and 
carpet bags and sacking, and for nearly every purpose to 
which the leather thong or strap is employed by savage 
races. 

Although the native ropes are inferior to those made 
by Europeans or under European directions they are 
strong, durable, and extremely cheap, costing only a 
third to a fifth of the latter. At one time these native 
styles of cordage entered into the commerce of the coun- 
try, but this has been changed by the crushing force of 
internal taxation and of export duties. These two mill- 
stones have injured every industry in the Philippines, 
and have put an end to severaL 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES 161 



CHAPTER XVin. 

THE ANIMAL WOBLD. 

To an American traveler, at least, the animal world of 
the Philippines is full of surprises, some pleasant and 
others, the majority, unpleasant. Tour first acquaint- 
anoeship is made on shipboard when sailing along tho 
coast in the night time and any light is burning you are 
bound to be visited by strong, flying cockroaches, which 
will cross several miles of water in their desire to reach a 
flame. They are omniverous pests, and play havoc with 
boots, leather trunks, book-covers, and are said to take a 
fiendish delight in nibbling the finger nails and toe nails 
of a sleeper. It hardly pays to make a fight against 
these extraordinary insects. You may kill a hundred 
thousand in the house so that the place looks free of the 
insects, but the next morning their places will be filled 
by two hundred thousand new ones. After a few days 
the traveler gets used to it, and after a few weeks does 
not notice the little creatures. 

On landing at Manila, probably the first animal that 
one sees is the buffalo. Manila is rich zoologically in 
members of this pachydermatous family. The largest 
and most imposing is a livid creature which may be 
called white or pink at pleasure, and which suggests the 
sacred white elephants that are occasionally shown in 
menageries. They are enormous brutes with long horns, 
that are often seven feet from tip to tip, and are used for 



152 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

the heavy hauling and carting of the country. They are 
very docile, and are frequently tended by native chil- 
dren. It is said, however, that they have a malignant 
enmity toward all Caucasians, under the impression that 
these are Spaniards in disguise. There is a smaller 
buffalo similar to the Chinese species which has a black 
skin almost entirely devoid of hair. It is a marsh animal 
and finds its chief delight in burying itself up to the neck 
in mud or in wallowing in a dirty pool. It is fiercer and 
more dangerous than its larger white colleague. There 
is a small buffalo which is rarer still called the Tamarao, 
which is handsomer in ahape and more graceful in move- 
ment than any other member of the family, and last of 
this bovine family is the wild buffalo which is the best 
game of the country. He is about as large as an alderney 
bull, of a black color, and a blackish skin, scantily fur- 
nished with bristles rather than hair. His horns are 
large and extremely sharp. He is said to be untamable ^ 
and is braver and more reckless than either lion or tiger. 
If he scents a man he bellows and charges. It makes 
no difference whether it be one man or a hundred, it is 
all the same to his belligerent mind. 

His habits are curious; living by day in swampy for- 
ests or in open marshes, at night he comes forth from 
his lair and invades the nearest field. As might be sup- 
posed, the natives who are not allowed to use or even own 
firearms, treat him with the greatest respect. If they 
see one of the dreaded creatures approaching every one 
of the party goes up a tree. Even then the vindictive 
brute will sometimes remain at the foot of a tree, pawing, 
snorting and bellowing for hours, and it is said for two 
or three days waiting for the man to come down. When- 
ever a native is treed he first prays to the buffalo, be- 
seeching him to go away. If this does not succeed he 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 153 

then scolds for an hour or more. This failing he screams 
and yells, throws sticks and branches at the quadruped^ 
and finally throws down his trousers, the only article of 
raiment which he wears. The buffalo stamps on this and 
tears it until his rage is satisfied and then goes away upon 
his business. 

The flesh of this wild ruminant is yerj*' good eating, 
and is regarded as a great delicacy by sportsmen. The 
skin makes the hardest and strongest leather known. It 
is made into whips, traces, harness, shoestrings, and 
other articles where durability is required. The horns 
are much stronger than ordinary horn, and can be soft- 
ened and bent into various shapes. Some of the native 
artificers convert it into cane, hair combs, hair orna- 
ments, Chinese snuff boxes, and cigarette cases. 

The Philippine buffalo bears a striking resemblance to 
the Philippine islander. In his wild state he is fierce, 
intractable and cruel. Once broken in and domesticated 
he becomes docile, patient and long-suffering. When 
tamed he is intelligent, affectionate and grateful, and yet 
when imposed upon too far the old savage nature is apt to 
break out and the terrible wild beast reassert itself. 

Horses are very numerous. The native horse or pon^r 
has already been referred to in another chapter, but in 
addition to him are the descendants of those brought to 
the Philippines from Asia and Europe. The European 
horse does not thrive in the country in the first genera- 
tion. In the second it holds its own ; in the third it is 
acclimated, but it loses most of its good qualities. Look- 
ing at the numerous equipages a careful observer can 
detect the English cob, the Andalusian barb, the Chinese 
pony, and the surdy little Timor pony. Everybody of 
any social position owns a horse, and many of the wealthy 
keep a very respectable stable. Keeping a horse does 



164 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

not involve a large expense. Wages and feed are ex- 
tremely oheap in that part of the world. A good horse 
boy can be hired for about four dollars a month in our 
inoney, and the keep of the horse does not exceed that 
amount. 

The deer family are very well represented in the 
islands. There is a large and handsome stag which is 
hunted by all classes on account of the many demands 
for different parts of his constitution. The sportsman 
wants him for the sake of the chase^ and the pot hunter 
for the handsome returns of a successful shot. The meat 
is tender and delicious, bringing three and four times as 
much as beef in the open market. The skin makes a 
handsome and popular leather, the liver is highly es- 
teemed by the natives, and most valuable of all the young 
horns are regarded by the Chinese inhabitants of the 
islands as the panacea for nearly every ill. For a single 
young horn a Chinaman will give from three to seven 
dollars. Where there are well developed young horns 
the lucky captor may get as high as twenty dollars for 
the horns alone, which is equal to the wages for six 
months' labor. There is another deer which is scarcely 
as large as a goat, and below this a still smaller one, ex- 
quisitely graceful and very prettily spotted. Most beau- 
tiful of all is the chevrotain or mouse-deer, which is about 
as large as a black and tan terrier and is the daintiest 
most ethereal little thing in the world. It is a swift 
runner, and when it dashes across an open it looks more 
like smoke drifting by than a timid and excited little 
animal. 

There is a wild pig in the islands which can be recom- 
mended to all lovers of good living. He lives in the 
forest, where he subsists upon fruits, tender roots, and 
large tropical snails* He is very cleon in his habits^ 



i 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 165 

aud is muscular and well-built. His flesh is the best meat 
iu Luzon; Spanish naturalists believe that he is the 
descendant of Chinese pigs imported many centuries 
ago, which ran wild and by the force of necessity 
changed his habits and habitat. If so it is a remark- 
able metamorphosis, as he shows few if any of the lead- 
ing characteristics of his reputed ancestors. 

Our best four-footed friend, the dog, is very much in 
evidence in the Philippines, but does not receive the care 
and attention which he has in colder countries. This is 
probably due to the climate which enables him to. live 
altogether in the open. Beside the breeds familiar to 
Americans, there are at least three which are almost un- 
known to the western world. One is the Chow dog which 
has been brought to the Philippines from China. He is 
a well built, powerful animal, with so long a coat of hair 
around the neck and shoulders as to give some the ap- 
pearance of a young lion, and others that of an animal 
with a sore throat tied up in a hairy blanket. The sec- 
ond is a very small dog, the Manila terrier^ which looks 
like an unhealthy cross between the black and tan and a 
French Turnspit dog. It is a homely creature, but is 
said to be very loyal and intelligent. In striking con- 
trast is a huge dog which has aroused much interest 
among naturalists. It is larger than the biggest mastiff, 
and fiercer than a bulldog. It has a handsome coat of 
uniform tint, yellow, yellow-brown, or brown. That it 
is not indigenous is almost certain. All known wild 
dogs are of medium size — about the same build and 
weight as the wolf, their first cousin. The big dogs seem 
to be the product of careful breeding by owners who de- 
sired protection from wild beasts. The mastiff of Eng- 
land, the Thibet dog, the Siberian bloodhound^ were 
originally fighting-machines for their possessors. But in 



156 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

the Philippines there are no camivora to render such 
canine types of service. The only explanation which can 
be offered is that they are descendants of Chinese blood- 
hounds, which were brought over by traders and mer- 
chants in the early centuries as a safeguard against 
native pilferers. 

The Philippines have two kinds of civet-cats, which 
are not cats in any respect. One called moussan by the 
natives, has gray fur srtipped and dotted with black. It 
has the head of a kitten, the body of a big gray squirrel, 
and a long tail with a curly end like a monkey. The 
other is of the same color as a Havana cigar, and looks 
like a small edition of the first. A Malay asked what 
these creatures eat, replied: "Everything, sefior, except- 
ing the trunks of trees, but we like them because they eat 
snake's eggs and small snakes." Their teeth are both 
oarnviorous and insectivorous, showing that they must 
fill an important place in nature. Insect and reptilian, 
especially ophidian life, is overwhelming in the Philip- 
pines, and these little creatures serve as a check upon 
their becoming too destructive. 

An animal whose fur at least is well known to Ameri- 
cans, is the pretty guiga or cobego, a fiyin -lemur. It 
has a fine, soft and silky coat, whose color varies with 
each individual. There are black, and black with white 
spots, gray, and gray with white spots, dark-gray and 
light gray, yellow, yellow and graj% yellow and black, 
yellow with whit^ spots. It may be doubted if any 
other wild animal shows such a variety of furs. He is 
often tamed, but does not thrive in captivity. 

The Philippines are well supplied with rats. They 
have both the European and Norwegian, and no less than 
three kinds peculiar to themselves. One seems a con- 
necting link bewteen the rat and beaver, having long 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 157 

hair and broad chisel-teeth. It is about the size of a 
prairie-dog. A second is smaller, but still much larger 
than those which trouble American housekeepers. It is 
gray, long-haired and very daring. Its teeth are more 
canine than rodent in character. It is carnivorous and 
suggests the wreasel and ferret. 

There are enough bats in Luzon alone to supply the 
world. They have about the same as we have, and many 
others from which we have been providentially spared. 
There is the paniquet, or little vampire, whose remarkable 
diet consists of ripe fruit and fresh blood. There is the 
pug-nosed fruit-bat, a worthy vegetarian. Other queer 
varieties are the sheath-tail, the naked, the big-mouth, 
the long-nosed, and the monkey bat. At nightfall they 
are so numerous about a house as to resemble a great 
flight of birds. Their multitude indicates a correspond- 
ingly large amount of the fruits, insects and animals on 
which they subsist. 

It is strange how niggardly nature has been to the 
Philippines in regard to the mammalia. The soil is 
marvelously rich and the vegetation rich enough to sup- 
port an innumerable host of carnivorous and granivorous 
creatures. Tet there are none of the carnivora, not even 
the wildcat. The bear, wolf, fox, jackal, goat, sheep 
and cow had no representative there at the time of the 
conquest. Even the marsupials which are so abundant 
in lands to the south and southeast, do not seem to have 
reached their shores. That the place is well adapted for 
all such animals is shown by the vigor of the native types 
and the rapid increase of the horse, cow, pig, sheep, dog, 
cat and monkey brought from China or the Malay coun- 
tries. 

The natives are not very skillful hunters as are those of 
the mainland^ so that there cannot have been any such 



158 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

process of extermination as has marked the passing-away 
of the buffalo, panther, puma and wolf east of the Mis- 
sissippi in our own land. What little has been done hy 
geologists in the Philippines fails to show that condi- 
tions were different at any point this side of the Glacial 
epoch. It may be one of nature's vagaries, just as there 
are no snakes in Ireland, and up to a late date no 
mosquitos in England. The distribution of animal life 
is so dependent upon historic, prehistoric and geologic 
causes and influences that in spite of all our scientific 
progress we can at the best but surmise in the premises. 
All facts have a meaning be^^ond that which they indicate, 
and the status of the animal world may contain within it 
the story of cataclysm or epidemic more terrible than 
can be imagined by the traveler. 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 159 



CHAPTER XIX. 

THB FEATHEBED POPULATION. 

Tbb bird life of the Philippines is bewildering in 
variety and beauty. Hej'e and there familiar faces are 
seenj all of which have doubtless been taken by travelers 
or imported by Americans living in that part of the 
world. Canaries are the favorites of the people and sev- 
eral families in Manila have mocking birds^ which, if they 
were not bom in Dixie, were certainly descended from 
ancestral southerns. The most interesting bird is the 
wild cock, who is the ancestor of our domestic fowl. 
The first glimpse of this royal creature shows that domes- 
tication may have improved the value of the species for 
commercial purposes, but has not increased its beauty. 
These wild fowl are wonderfully beautiful. The plumage 
of the male is bronze and gleams like burnished metal, 
varied here and there with dashes of gold, orange, red, 
white, or gray. Of the female the color is black, some- 
times slightly mottled and sometimes flashed or speckled 
with gray, yellow or white. They have fine forms, flj' 
well, and the cock is a better fighter if it be possible than 
the Spanish gamecock, who, according to the Philippine 
islanders, is a direct descendant of the native bird. In 
the woods there is a sand fowl which looks like a poorly- 
bred, small-sized yellow and fluffy Plymouth rock. There 
is a very beautiful pheasant whose plumage is halfway 
between that of the pheasant and the peacock. There 



160 MANILA AND THE PHIUI>I>INES. 

are other varieties each with its own Dative DameyTarying 
in size and oolor. Altogether there must be a dozen 
types of fowl which are novel to a traveler from the 
United States. The pigeon family makes an equally 
handsome display. The batu batu has a brilliant, long 
ruff around the neck, and both ruff and all the feathers 
look exactly like an emerald of the first water. When a 
bird rests in a tree it is easily distinguished by the 
greater intensity and brilliancy of its color, and no 
matter how rich the green of the foliage. There is the 
Pigeon of the Crucifixion, named by some devout priest 
in bygone years, whose back and wings are an exquisite 
slate-blue, and whose neck, breast and belly are of snow- 
white. In the very middle of the breast is a great splash 
of scarlet, so deep in color as to look exactly like a drop 
of blood. The first time a stranger sees one he is bound 
to sympathize with the poor dove in the belief that it has 
been dangerously wounded. There are several large 
birds of the eagle family, of which the finest and hand- 
somest is the sea eagle or Lao Win. He appears to be a 
bird of liberal tastes, and when fish are scarce does not 
object to a diet of chicken, pheasant, small deer or a 
snake. His strength is tremendous, he having been 
known to carry off a fish three feet long, weighing eigh- 
teen or twenty pounds. He is a favorite subject of song 
and stor3* with the Malay's, who have built around him 
many myths, some based seemingly upon fact and others 
pure creations of the fancy. One story says that during 
the mating season he selects his prey according to the 
wishes of his wife and never eats anything which he 
catches until he has taken it home to the eyrie and 
allowed her to eat what she desires before he touches a 
morsel. One thing is certain, he is a model of conjugal 
virtue. Be helps his mate build the nest and during 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 161 

hatching and the feeding of the young ones, until they 
can fly, he is indefatigable in relieving the mother in 
every way possible. When she leaves the nest to wash 
herself and drink a little, he will either take her place 
and perform her functions or else he will perch on the 
nest with his wings half open as if ready to attack any 
invader of his home. Another story declares that when- 
ever he sees a poisonous water snake in the neighbor- 
hood of one of his fishing grounds, he attacks and 
destroys it if it be a small serpent, but if it be large he 
soars away and soon returns with a lot of comrades who 
with him destroy the foe. 

According to another legend he is vengeful and vin- 
dictive. Once a powerful chief living near Jala Jala, 
determined to put an eagle's nest in his royal hut. 
Against the protests of the wise men of the tribe he suc- 
ceeded in killing the mother and wounding the father, 
who was a young bird, in the wing. He described his 
exploit with great glee, expressing sorrow that he had 
not killed or caught the male on account of its strange 
plumage, which beside being black and white had upon 
the wings and tail great splashes of flame color. 

One of the old men of the village told him that he had 
committed a great error, and that the bird would return 
some time for vengeance. A year passed, during which 
time no sea eagle was seen near the village. This was 
very strange, because they had been plentiful before and 
also because the small bird, which is the eagle's jackal or 
familiar, was there the same as ever. About nesting time 
a hunter informed the chief that several eagles had built 
nests high up on an inaccessible crag many miles awaj* 
from the place. The site was very inhospitable, and had 
never been used by the eagles before. Several weeks 
passed, and one day there was a terrible scream from 



J 62 MANILA ANn THE PHILIPPINES* 

behind the chief's hut. The savages rushed to the spot 
and found the chief's wife lying senseless with some 
terrible gashes on her face and throat, but of her little 
three months' old babe they found not a trace. When 
the woman came to she said that something had out 
her from behind, and that she screamed and became 
unconscious. 

The following year when the poor woman had another 
child the same thing occurred, and this time she was 
killed and the babe taken away, but the murderer was 
seen. It was a huge eagle, larger than any that had ever 
been known in the country, with brilliant black and white 
plumage, and on the wings and tail feathers splashes of 
red. The chief, wild with rage and grief, organized a 
great party of hunters, and taking the man who had seen 
the nests the year before as a guide, went up into the 
mountains where they were. They came to the cliff and 
there upon the ground far beneath the nests, which were 
perched high up above them, were the bones of two little 
children, some white and blanched, and some but a few 
days dead. The chief, frenzied at the sight, climbed up 
the cliff where no other warrior in the party could follow. 
Halfway up, two great birds, one of which had red 
splashes on its wings and tail, suddenly appeared upon 
the scene and attacked the reckless climber. The men 
houted from below, and the chief turned in time to see 
tiis foe. He gave a wild warcry, threw himself madly at 
the bird, and with it clasped fiercely struggling, fell 
headlong to the rocks below. 

Parrots are very nice birds when you have one or two 
of them. When you have ten your neighbors usually 
complain of you to the Board of Health. But in the . 
Philippines there are appareutly several billions of that 
interesting family of creatures. There are parrots and 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES 163 

paroquetB, and, worst of all, huge white cockatoos with 
topknots resembling lettuce. The parrots are green, 
yellow, scarlet, black and blue, in fact, of apparently 
every color of the rainbow. They are rapacious thieves, 
and are the dread of every poor farmer and fruit grower. 
As for their noise it is always bad and discordant. Dur- 
ing the mating season and also at the change of the mon- 
soons, they hold mass meetings and make an uproar 
alongside of which pandemonium is a Quaker's gathering. 

If any one wants to speculate in parrots let him go to 
Luzon or Mindanao and get a shipload. If his ambitions 
are larger he can get ten shiploads. In fact, the natives 
would be so glad to dispose of the bird that they would 
sell them for less than what they do now, which is about 
five cents a parrot. 

The lakes and marshes are a paradise for duck hunters. 
They are of all colors, sizes, and habits. Some are what 
may be called respectable birds, and eat a mixed diet of 
worms, roots and mud like ducks at home, and conse- 
quently taste about the same. Birds of this class can be 
bought in the market for about eight or nine cents apiece. 
Another variety lives upon water spinach and other 
marine plants, and tastes very much like canvas back but 
is much fatter. A third variety picks out small fishes, 
ancient bivalves and decayed crustaceans, and has a taste 
which consumptive people says is like a poor quality of 
ood-liver oil ; while a fourth variety lives upon some vil- 
lainous roots or grasses which ought to poison the eater, 
bat which by some strange law of Providence enables the 
duck to almost poison his eater. The tame ducks have 
been brought over from China and are excellent. They 
are raised on small duck farms very much the same as at 
Canton, and make exceedingly good eating. Mention 
must be made of one little bird which brings a never- 



164 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

ending stream of wealth into the Philippines. That is 
the world-famous sea swallow which builds the nest, sold 
to Chinese the world over for making birds'-nest soup. 
These little creatures are not true swallows, but really 
sea birds. They are found hundreds of miles at sea, and 
repair to the land only during the mating and nesting 
season. The gum which they gather is as much a m.ys- 
tery to-day as it ever was. Some authorities claim that 
it is a special salivary secretion of the bird's mouth, while 
others with more plausibility declare that it is a gum 
gathered from the sea, analagous to the pulp of the jelly 
fish and the flesh tissue of the sea anemone. A third class 
hold a combination view, namely : that it is sea slime 
which has been acted upon by the fluids in the bird's 
mouth. At any rate the swallows apply this slime, glue 
or gum which is white, yellow or brown in color, to walls 
of vertical cliffs and caverns, and with it fasten sticks 
and straws together until what with glue and fiber they 
make a wall pocket in which they lay their eggs and 
hatch them. This glue oxidizes slightly on the outside 
and hardens so that it is scarcely affected by either rain 
or storm spray. It is collected by experts both Malay 
and Chinese, the labor being hard and dangerous. In 
some cases the gatherer is let down from the top of high 
cliffs from fifty to several hundred feet, and secures the 
nests from the rocky walls or from the interior of 
recesses. Sometimes the gatherer enters caverns at the 
base of the rocks at low tide and obtains the nests from 
the sides above high-water mark. In the former case the 
rope often breaks or is cut through by the wearing of the 
strands on the rock, and in the latter case the tide-sharks 
and poisonous sea serpents put an end to his ventures. 
The nests when first gathered are quite dirty and are 
carefully eleaned by bafid^ It takes considerable skill to 




MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 165 

do this work, and only skilled operators are allowed to 
perform it. When the glue is finally freed from all for- 
eign matters it looks a great deal like a small oup made 
out of spruoe gum. It is done up in nests and sold to 
Mongolian epicures. The finest quality is almost white 
and brings as high as eighty and ninety dollars gold for 
a dozen, weighing scarcely more than a pound. The 
dark-brown opaque and dirty -looking nests are the cheap- 
est, but these bring even from ten dollars a pound 
upward. The trade is very large and is said to bring in 
over a million dollars a year from well-to-do Chinamen 
all over the world. 

The Chinese citizens of the Philippines, who are numer- 
ous in the cities, are great bird fanciers, and cultivate 
thrushes, mongolian larks, and most melodious of all, the 
Mina bird. This is a small black bird, which suggests a 
minature edition of the crow. There is a little dash of 
red upon its forehead which gives him rather a jaunty 
appearance. He is said to be carnivorous, and to the 
author's own knowledge evinces rare delight over a dish- 
ful of chopped raw meat. 

Every scientist who goes to the Philippines discovers 
some new species of birds. Gironiere compiled a list of 
one hundred and seventy species, the Verreaux brothers 
increased this list to four hundred and fifty. Dr. Semper 
added some, eight or ten, and each of the late naturalist 
expeditions to thQ inlands have added from ten to twenty 
apiece. 



166 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 



CHAPTER XX. 

FISHES AND REPTILES. 

A TisiT to the fish market of Manila diseloses that both 
fresh and salt water afford an inexhaustible supply of 
food. Nearly all are more or less strange to the Ameri- 
can eye but bear enough resemblance to our own types to 
seem half familiar. There is a medium-sized chunky fish 
with large head and mouth which resembles the rock cod« 
but is better eating. There is an excellent sole and a very 
good fish which resembles the mullet. A handsome fish 
is one which is very long, narrow, and silver-like in its 
color. There is also a large, dark-colored heavy fish with 
excellent meat and few bones. The oddest fish is the 
candole, which ranges as large as three feet in length. 
It has no scales, a large head and mouth, and for its 
armament three large stiletto-like horns. One is on the 
back, at the end of the fin, and one on each side of the 
chest. They grow from an inch to two inches in length, 
have needle points and saw teeth on the edges. They 
not alone stab and cut, but appear to be poisonous as well. 
Any person stabbed by one of these spines is treated 
about the same as if it were a dog bite. The wound is 
cauterized, or washed with strong ammonia water. "When 
the fish is feeding, or undisturbed, the spines lie flat to 
the body, but at the slightest indication of danger they 
spring up and out, and there remain until the danger is 
past. They are moved by very powerful muscles or car- 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 167 

tilftgea, and appear to be controlled by involuntary a8 
well as voluntary nerves. When one of these fishes is 
harpooned or shot suddenly, the SI. ines remain standing 
and will break sheer across before they can be depressed 
by main force. They appear to be a very excellent pro- 
tection as they are shunned by nearly all the large fishes. 

There are several kinds of crustaceans, all palatable 
and nutritious. One is a prawn or crayfish about twice 
the size of a Florida prawn. Another is a crayfish about 
four or five inches in length. A third is a little shrimp 
about an inch long and a sixteenth of an inch in diameter 
and a fourth is a prawn, called the camerron or cam- 
erony. A peculiar thing about these organisms is that 
they are gray and translucent when alive and some almost 
transparent, but when thrown into boiling water, or when 
baked, they assume the same rich red as the crab and the 
lobster. 

The shark has almost as hard a time on the east side of 
the China Sea as on the west. The demand for the tail 
and especially the fins by the Chinese and the Japanese, 
has made that savage denison of the sea the favorite prey 
of every fisherman, Mongolian and Malay. Those who 
go to the Philippines after having read the yellow-covered 
novels of America and England in which the China Sea 
is depicted as being full of man-eating sharks, are griev- 
ously disappointed at finding fewer large specimens in 
that part of the world than upon the Atlantic coast of the 
American or European continents. An observer can 
easily understand the reason when in the market he sees 
good edible fishes sold for a few cents a pound, and 
shark's fins scarce at fifty, and sixty cents a pound. As 
a matter of fact the fish is being exterminated, and would 
have vanished from those waters if the supply had not 
been replenished from the Pacific and Indian oceans. 



168 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

Even with that supply the average shark in the markets 
is seldom more than three, or three and a half feet long. 

The reptilian life is very extensive. The largest and 
most dangerous is the cayman or eastern alligator. It 
grows to very great size some specimens being twelve and 
fourteen feet in length. The Spaniards themselves are 
too lazy to hunt these fierce saurians, and as they do not 
permit the natives to own firearms the latter are unable 
to wage any successful war upon the monsters. They 
inhabit the streams, lakes and marshes, and every 3'ear 
kill many men, horses, buffaloes and smaller animals. 
They have the low cunning which distinguishes all the 
varieties of the reptile, and will be a terror to the Philip- 
pines until the natives are permitted to use the rifle for 
their own defense. In striking contrast With the cay- 
mans are the iguanas or large land and marsh lizards. 
The biggest is a giant often eight feet and a half in 
length. It is of a greenish brown color dotted with 
yellow spots. It is a true amphibian, living upon smaller 
land and water organisms. Despite his size and strength 
he is, if not cowardly, at least inoffensive, and is killed 
by the natives with impunity. The crested iguana is 
another type of lizard, looking something like the carica- 
ture of a knight in armor. It is of a yellowish gray 
color, and is as harmless as its bigger cousin. There are 
other and still smaller varieties, differing in color and 
proportion. They are all ugly and harmless. But to 
the credit of the iguana family be it said that they are 
all good eating. Their flesh is white, tender, and well * 
flavored. Its taste is about halfway between chicken and 
turtle steaks, and is good, no matter in what style it may 
be cooked. Iguana eggs are almost exactly like turtle 
eggs and are equally delicious and nourishing. 

There is another liaard in the Philippines which, though 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 169 

harmless is upon first acquaintance an unpleasant 
neighbor. It is known as the cbacon or tacon, and is 
about a foot long. The coloring is like that of a crazy 
quilt, being gray, brown, black, yellow, blue, and red. 
When the skin is well tanned it makes a beautiful 
material for pocketbooks, belts and other articles of 
personal wear. The chacon's peculiarity is its extraor- 
dinary power of holding on to anything by suction. The 
feet are large, and the toes are the framework upon which 
is stretched a stout elastic and muscular membrane. This 
can be raised into hollow oups at will, and by so doing 
produces a vacuum in each cup, rendering it like the 
leather suckers used by boys at play. If they get on a 
person it is very difficult to take them off, so fast do their 
pneumatic valTes attach themselves to the body. They 
have a curious cry which is said to sound exactly like 
their name. To an uninstructed ear it sounds very much 
like a hoarse sneeze followed by a well-defined grunt. 

In the woods there are flying lizards or dragons so- 
called. The structure of these graceful creatures is like 
that of the flying squirrel, or flying lemur; a long thin 
membrane extending from the body and the sides of the 
four legs and hind legs, so as to form an aeroplane when 
the limbs are extended their full length. 

The snake family has attained a full development in 
these lands. The great boa has already been described. 
It; is one of the largest if not the largest snake known. 
But very few attain great size. Those of enormous size, 
running over thirty feet in length, are extremely rare. 
There are younger and smaller ones from fifteen to twenty 
feet which may constitute a tenth of the snake world, 
and then there are ninety per cent, still younger, and 
smaller ones which are under ten feet. The Philippine 
boa is undoubtedly undergoing extermination through 
•esiBieyoial aad induitrial oauses^ 



170 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

The skin makes a capital leather, and is used for scab- 
bards, creese handles, yalises, and fancy leather work. 
There is a good demand for it in China and other orien- 
tal conntries. This in itself would create a Tery large 
slaughter every year, bat, in addition, nearly every native 
tribe likes the meat. Many Europeans, who have tried it 
from cariosity or necessity, have also taken a liking for 
it, and use it occasionally upon the table. The boa itself 
has its own natural enemies, so that it has been suffering 
an ever increasing persecution with the years. In the 
past twenty-five years the destructive causes have been 
increased by the demand from zoological gardens, and 
the exertions of traveling naturalists and scientific expe- 
ditions. 

I There are several other snakes of the constrictor family, 

of which the leading members resemble the small rock 
python, the black snake, and the brown snake of Central 
Europe. The poisonous snakes are unpleasantly numer- 
ous. There is a small serpent of a dull color which lies 
near the road and attacks almost without provocation. 
Its bite is as fatal as that of a rattlesnake. It is known 
as the rice-leaf, on account of a fancied resemblance be- 
tween it and rice leaves, when they have attained their 
growth and begun to wither. There is a large poisonous 
snake known as the alinmorani, which is sometimes eleven 
feet long, but which averages about six feet. It is ex- 
tremely venomous, aggressive, and persistent. Like the 
moccasin and copperhead, it is easily killed by a blow 
with a pole or long stick. Large numbers of people die 
from snake bites in the islands, but the fact seems to 
excite little comment. 

There are many water serpents, nearly all of them 
poisonous. The Bay of Manila has two species which are 
famous. One is a gray snake dotted in black and yellow. 



MANILA AND THfi PHILIPPINES. 171 

rtinBinfi: from two to five feet long. It is not poisonous, 
bat is certainly the ugliest snake extant. The hooded 
snake of India is exceedingly repulsive, and the African 
puff adder is horrible to look at, but this creature in. 
Manila Bay is simply loathsome. The other one is a long 
greenish, or yellow-greenish sea serpent, unspeakably 
hideous, clumsy, but swift in its movements, and deadly 
in its bite. It is a scourge to the fishermen, who endeavor 
to kill it wherever possible. 

At Manila there is a feudal custom still in vogue per- 
taining to fishers and fishing, which is more than a sur- 
prise to one born in the freedom of democracy. It is the 
sale by the government of the pescary of the bay, or the 
local fishing concession. The sale is held at stated inter- 
vals, and the buyer, who is usually a shrewd speculator, 
pays a large amount of money for the bargain. This gives 
him the exclusive right to take fish from the waters of 
the bay during the term of the concession, and legally 
makes him the owner of every fish in the waters during 
that period. He issues licenses to fishermen and sporting 
men. From the former he usually exacts a fixed sum, 
and a percentage as large as he can make it of the proceeds 
of all the fish they catch. From the sportsman he takes 
a lump sum per individual, per party, per boat, and per 
day. To protect him the law makes it a crime for any 
man to take a fish from the water without first having a 
license, or written permission from the concessionaire. 
The author was assured by a prominent citizen of Manila 
that starving Malays, who had been caught taking fish 
from the bay with which to keep their families alive had 
been thrown into jail for the offense, and that on more 
than one occasion the offender has been shot by a soldier 
or policeman for trying to escape with a fish which he 
had caught. This extraordinary and unjust law is, it 



itfi MANILA AND TH£ PHILII»P1NES. 

must be confessed, not altogether peculiar to Spain. It 
prevailed through a large part of Europe during the feu- 
dal period, and it suryives in a few places in Qreat Brit- 
ain at the present time, ^n Qreat Britain it is confined 
to streams, ponds, and lakes, which were private property, 
when their owner sold to third parties the right to the 
fish they contained. In the course of years the right 
became a charge, or easement upon the land under the 
stream or pond. Like most easements it was made into 
a legal entity, and thence into specific property ; so that 
finally the land might belong to one man, and the right 
to fish in the water on the land to his worst enemy. 
English jurisprudence and legislation have undermined 
this right, and made it nearly obsolete. The British 
government itself would never dream of enforcing or 
creating such a right for its own benefit. But Spain, true 
to its Bourbon traditions, keeps up her practice, which 
may have been of benefit in the dark ages, but is certainly 
a stigma upon its civilization to-day. 



MANILA AND THE PttlLlPHNfiS, It^ 



CHAPTER XXI. 

OAJtDKN, FARM AND FOREST. 

Unlike the China coast, where there are long miles of 
sterile rocky shore, there does not seem to be a spot in 
the Philippines excepting around active volcanoes where 
there is not an exuberant vegetation. Nowhere can be 
found a nobler variety of the color green. Its most deli- 
cate tinge is found in newly sprouting paddyfiells, where 
the young rice plant sends forth a shoot which is white, 
with just enough green and gold to give it character. At 
the other end of the extreme is a wild grass which grows 
on the hillsides so dark that it seems black when looked 
at in most lights. There are pale greens which are 
almost like the exquisite uranium glass of Bohemia. 
There are silver greens brighter and more metallic than 
the silver maple of New England ; there are bronze greens 
that seem as if they had been varnished with metallic 
paint. There is a wilderness of flowers. Foreign mer- 
chants have brought from ever^^ part of the world floral 
souvenirs of home, and many have taken kindly to 
their new environment. The geranium, so difiScult of 
nurture in the north becomes a perfect weed in the gar- 
dens and fields of Manila. The heliotrope grows into a 
great bush five and six feet high, a dozen feet in diame- 
ter, weighed down with such a load of blossoms that the 
perfume fills the air for a hundred yards in every direc- 
tion. The wistaria thrives as does the superb Bougain- 



i 



i|i 



\: 



Vi MANILA AND TH£ PHILIPPINES. 



); villa with its oataraot of orange gold. Boses flourish, but 

Ij require oonstant supervision in order to obtain handsome 

j buds and flowers. Unfamiliar flowers meet the eye at 

every step. At one point the visitor sees a clumsy red 
tulip tree, at another an acacia in full bloom looks at a 
distance like a great banner of scarlet surrounded by 
rich green. The banaba tree covers itself every year 
with beautiful flowers of the richest violet. The orange 
and lemon are here at home, and produce their exquisite 
I blossoms by tens of thousands. There are lilies of all 

varieties, from the great tigers down to diminutive spider 
lilies, from the narcissus and proud gladiolas down to 
grass lilies almost as humble as the daisy and violet. 
Flowers are so common that they lose much of their 
^ significance. When a bouquet two feet in diameter can 

) be had for five cents or a basket of a thousand flowers for 

ten or twelve, one is apt to become a little bit tired, and 
when to this is added a never-ending blaze of colors in 
your yard, masses of blossoms and clouds of perfume upon 
every road, bouquets in every room, and loose flowers upon 
the tablecloth at every meal, and tubs and pots of bright 
plants in every window, veranda and hallway, the beauty 
palls upon you, no matter how deep your love for the 
treasures of the vegetable kingdom. If the flowers are 
numerous the fruits are not less so, but few of the north- 
ern fruits are found in the Philippines. Of the native 
fruits the mango is the monarch, if it be not the king of 
all fruits. Those who have eaten the Cuban, Brazilian, 
Venezuelan, Central American and Hawaian varieties,have 
a treat in store for them — if they do not know and cannot 
imagine the indescribable superiority of the Manila mas- 
terpiece. It is shaped something like a pear, and is of a 
deep gold or red-gold color. It ranges from three to six 
inches in length, from two to three inches in width, and 



Manila anjd the Philippines. 175 

from one to two and half inches in thickness. The in- 
terior is a pulp or cream of rich gold. 

That prime favorite^ the banana, is represented by 
fifty distinct varieties. Each is excellent, but all of them 
pale before the kind known as the Lacatan. This pos- 
sesses a golden pulp and a flavor and perfume that are 
almost those of the pineapple. All the banana family are 
favorite foods, and are prepared in various ways. Among 
these are banana fritters, banana ice cream, fried banana, 
a macedoine of banana, orange and pineapple, banana 
pudding and banana custard. 

The papaw, which flourishes in the central and southern 
States of America, reaches a larger size and flner flavor in 
the Philippines. The pulp contains a vegetable principle 
or ferment resembling pepsin, which gives the fruit great 
medicinal value. It is recommended by the medical 
faculty for dyspepsia, weak digestion, anemia and wast- 
ing diseases. 

There are pomelos, or Oriental shaddocks, as large as a 
football; Ave different kinds of oranges; two kinds of 
lemons, two of limes, one of citron; four of guavas; two 
of pineapples ; cocoanuts, figs, grapes and tamarinds. 

Unfamiliar dainties are the durien, which has a deli- 
cious flavor but an odor like that of Limburg cheese ; the 
ohica, which looks like a small round potato, but has a 
cool, orisp and intensely sweet taste; the lomboy and 
loquot, which resemble large damsons, but have a tart and 
delightful spicy flavor; the mangosteen, which suggests a 
burned baked potato, but contains a snowy pulp within, 
unspeakably pleasant and refreshing ; the lanzon, whose 
taste is sweet and subacid like that of a mountain straw- 
berry ; custard-apples, which are fluted apples filled with 
whipped cream ; the santol, or Philippine strawberry, a 
poor oopy of the northern fruit; bread-fruit, which looks 



176 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINftS. 

for all the world like green egg-plants^ and when thor- 
oughly cooked may be mistaken for toast; jack-fruit, 
which is an inferior kind of bread-fruit ; the mabolo^ a 
large fruit of rare beauty, about halfway in appearance 
between an apple and a peach; the lai-chee, a delicious 
thick-skinned red globe filled with a translucent cream ; 
the macapa, a crimson fruit tasting vaguely like attar of 
rose, and the avocado or alligator pear. 

In addition to this long list of fruits are those brought 
over by steamers from Formosa, Foochow, Amoy, Hong 
Kong and Singapore. Each of these places has a number 
of fruits of fine flavor and savor, which are known and 
liked in every part of the far East. Examples are found 
in the black peach of Foochow, the pomelos and lung- 
ngans of Amoy ; the red mandarin-orange, Chinese goose- 
berry and mulberries of Canton. Taken together these 
make a collection whose equal would be difficult to find 
in any other city of the world. They constitute a de- 
lightful feature of life in Manila which no traveler ever 
forgets. Further than this, they give a variety and excel- 
lence to the daily fare, which are always favorable to 
well-being. 

The forests of the Philippines are of enormous extent 
and contain an inexhaustible supply of woods of all 
sorts, ranging from the quick-growing palm to the hard 
woods which require a century for their full development. 
Many are of remarkable beauty in color and grain, taking 
a high polish and undergoing the heaviest strains or 
severest wear without perceptible damage. The leading 
trees include the molave, whose wood is scarcely distin- 
guishable from boxwood, and which possesses all the 
good qualities of the latter. It is proof against insects 
and is very seldom attacked by the white ants. It is 
used for weatherboards and for ship construction. The 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 177 

banaba is noted for the beauty of its fiber, which is hard, 
tough, and of a beautiful rose-pink color. It is used in 
the house-building trades and also in cabinet work. The 
palomaria is a gum wood which suggests spruce to a New 
Englander. The gum is popular among the natives, who 
use it for bruises and sores externally, and for stomach 
disorders internally. The wood is light, flexible and 
strong, resembling hickory. It is used for masts and 
yards hy the natives upon their primitive craft, and also 
for carrying poles by the porters in the larger cities. 
The mangachafoi is a stately tree which rises up a 
slowly tapering shaft eighty, one hundred, and even one 
hundred and fifty feet. The wood is of uniform quality 
from root to top and is highly esteemed by the Chinese for 
masts and flagpoles. The anobin is a cousin of the bread- 
fruit tree, only four or five times as large. Its wood is 
light, strong, aiid gummy enough to be water-repellent if 
not waterproof. It was the favorite material in early 
years for the long war canoes of the Malays, and in later 
times for their trading craft and pirate ships. 

The change from wooden to iron and steel construction 
has destroyed most of the demand, so that the trees are 
increasing in number and size throughout the archipelago. 
Another gigantic tree i4 the narra, or Philippine mahog- 
any. It grows to eight, ten, and fifteen feet in diameter. 
Tables have been made from cross sections which would 
comfortably seat thirty-five guests, and from the planks 
of a single tree an entire brigantine has been constructed. 

An aromatic and picturesque cedar known as the 
calantas is used by both builders and cabinet makers. 
The balete hasf a wood which is soft and spongy like that 
of the American palmetto. The inner bark can be util- 
ized for cloth-making and also for the manufacture of 
bowstrings, fishing twine, and fish nets. 



178 MANILA AND TttE PttlLlPPlNftS. 

The lemon trees attain enormous dimensions, being fre« 
quently six and eight feet in diameter. There are many 
ebony trees which provide a standard quality of wood. 
The oamayon is famous for its odd wood, which is of a 
pale tint, veined with black and white, looking some- 
thing like precious marble. It has a rival in the mala- 
tapai, whose timber is veined with black, yellow, brown 
and red. The lanotan is often called ivory wood on 
account of the remarkable resemblance it bears to ivory. 
The dongon is a huge tree larger than an oak, which is 
employed for making immense beams and girders. The 
guio is very tall, as also large, and supplies a good work- 
ing timber, a little bit harder and stronger than pine. 
The mango tree attains the size of the live-oaks of Flor- 
ida. The santal tree grows to about the general size and 
Bhape of a chestnut. The tamarind is one of the most 
beautiful of all the members of the forest. Its foliage 
may ha mistaken for that of the acacia, while its trunk 
and boughs look very much like those of the chestnut. 

The sapan tree is a small, ugly bush, like the scrub 
pine upon the Atlantic coast. The wood is white when 
first cut, but the juice oxidizes and becomes a deep red. 
It is valuable to the arts as a source of excellent dyeing 
material, and is exported in very large quantities, averag- 
ing about five thousand tons a year to China and other 
countries. The aranga is a mammoth whose trunks yield 
logs as large as three feet thick and seventy-five feet long. 
It is used for piling and dock building. There are many 
others, including the betis, the anobing, the banoal, the 
bansalague, the batitinan, the antipolo, the anagap, the 
guijo, the lauan, the macassin, the supa, the yacal, and 
the manoono or Eastern lignum vitse. 

Despite the immense natural wealth in timber, it does 
not bring one-tenth of the income to the oolony which it 



/ 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 179 

would under better conditions of trade. Before a person 
can secure any timber he must enter into negotiations 
with the authorities, obtain licenses from the inspector 
of mountains, concessions from the governor-general, 
licenses from the inspector of forests, permissions from 
the provincial governor, licenses from the church, and 
permits from the custom house. He must charter his 
own boat, hire his woodchoppers in advance, engage a 



storeyard generally from the government, and pay an 
export tax and a special harbor tax before he can ship tlie 
first log to a foreign market. Tet notwithstanding this 
red tape and costly governmental interference, the profit 
is so large that a steady trade is done by Manila and 
noilo with other parts of the world. Even where they 
enter into competition with Borneo, Sumatra, and the 
Malay States, they hold their own on account of the high 
excellence of their lumber. Nearly every steamer which 
leaves Manila carries cargoes of wood of some sort, and 
where there is no space for a consignment of timber they 
use sapan wood and other small woods as dunnage and so 
make a double profit. The great English house of Brown 
& Company, Limited, is the chief mercantile concern in 
this field of business. In their reports they have fre- 
quently declared that the Philippine Islands are some 
^ay to supply the entire Eastern world with its finest 
lumber and timber. 



180 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES, 



CHAPTER XXn. 

MIKBS AND METALS. 

It was Buckle^ the English historian, who said that 
Spain was the last survival of medisevalism in Europe. 
No truer criterion of the statement can be desired than 
the attitude of its government toward the mineral re- 
sources of its noble Eastern colonies. What shall be said 
of an administration which refuses to either examine or 
develop its own resources, and forbids any one else to 
do that which it declines to do itself. Yet that has been 
the attitude of the authorities of the Philippines from 
time immemorial. What gold is extracted, and it must 
amount to a very large quantit3% is done secretly, and 
not alone without but against the will of the government. 
The Chinese blue books refer to the Philippines as a land 
of gold and many precious ores, and the natives them* 
selves say that the yellow metal has been extracted from 
the rocks and the soil from time immemorial. 

Of the mineral resources of the country more is known 
in Hong Kong than in Manila. The freedom of speech, 
of press, and of action, enjoyed under the British flag 
makes even the Spaniard and the natives free their minds, 
where at Manila they preserve a discreet silence. Gold, 
the most valuable of all the metals, has been found on all 
of the larger islands. As early as 1572 there were mines 
in North Camarines, which lies in the southeast of Luzon. 

In the same century the natives w^r^ found extracting 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 181 

gold from quartz in a primitive way in Benguet, Nueva 
Yizcaya^ and in Isabella^ in northern Luzon. In 1620 an 
army ofiSoer found out that some half-oaste Chinese were 
extracting large quantities of gold from mines in the 
provinces of Pangasinan and Ilooos in northern Luzon. 
The Chinese were attacked and killed^ but the victorious ^ 
soldiers never found the mines. On the Surigoa^ or eastern 
coast of Mindanao^ there were gold deposits found in 
both places^ and quartz veins. A prominent captain of a 
steamer trading in that neighborhood said that the output 
of the washings were at least ten pounds a day of his own 
knowledge, and that nearly all of it went to Chinese 
traders. Even in Manila province the natives wash the 
sand in the river near Montalban, and obtain enough gold 
dust to pay them for their trouble. The Sulu warriors 
bring both gold dust and nuggets to Borneo, and claim 
that there is an inexhaustible supply on Jolo island and 
Basilan. 

The Spanish historians speak of gold beds not far from 
Zamboanga, and Spanish ofiScial reports give accounts of 
its occurrence on Panay, Negros, and Cebu. Silver is 
found, though not to so wide an extent as gold. There 
are very large deposits of silver-lead at Acsubing, Panoy- 
poy, and Eiburan, on Cebu island. There is galena- 
bearing both gold and silver in Dapitan and Iligan in 
Mindanao. In the latter island there is also quicksilver, 
platinum and tin. There is iron ore well distributed in 
nearly every district. In the last century iron mines 
were worked with great success in Moron g, but ware 
finally closed by the government on the ground that the 
workmen, who were Chinese, were not Christians. The 
luckless owner was obliged to send all these workmen to 
China at his own expense, and the government refused to 
pay him for the iron he had delivered on the ground of 
hia having insulted "the Lord/' 



182 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

The iron mines of Angat^ in Bulacan, are richer and 
purer than the best Spanish ore so much in demand by 
English forges. 

In Luzon and Mindanao are large outcrops of copper 
ores^ \?hich are utilized by the savages^ but not by their 
Christian superiors. Unlimited amounts of sulphur and 
arsenic are found in different parts of the archipelago. 
Coal is found in Cebu^ Luzon^ Negros, and Mindanao. 
A small amount is extracted at Cebu^ and that of the poor- 
est quality. Explorers report discoveries of marble, 
dolomite, slate, gypsum, borax, plumbago, granite, sand- 
stone, limestone, coral rock, petroleum, and lignite; in 
fact, the Philippines seem to be as rich in mhieral re- 
sources as the island of Formosa or the Malay Peninsula. 

All three districts are of comparatively similar forma- 
tion, and strangely enough each was originally peopled 
by Malays, and each in the course of time was conquered 
by an alien race. Although it has a supply of coal and 
uses large quantities which it imports from Great Britain, 
Australia, and Japan, the Manila administration prefers 
to pay ten or twelve dollars a ton for twenty-five thou- 
sand tons every year rather than build a small railway 
from Compostella on the island of Cebu to the coast 
which will deliver an excellent quality in unlimited 
amounts for less than one dollar and a half a ton, cost 
price. The difference between the prices represents 
enough invested capital to build a railway from one end 
of Cebu to the other, with enough left over to connect 
Manila and Cavite by rail. 

Queerest of all, the opposition to mining enterprise 
comes from the friars rather than from the church, and 
not from the civil authorities. The motive underlying 
the opposition has never been fathemed. On one occa- 
9ion th^ Bishop of Jaro said that gold mining made mea 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 183 

xneroenary and "worshipers of mammon, and that gold 
miners were notoriously drunken and dissolute. This, 
however, must be viewed with some suspicion when that 
same dignitary favors lotteries and the opium vice, and is 
one of the officers of the council which passes upon both 
ruinous evils. A Franciscan friar at Cebu said that his 
order was opposed to mines and mining because it would 
upset the quiet and prosperous rule of the holy church, 
and by degrees create a revolutionary and heretical 
spirit. That all the rich mining countries had passed 
into the hands of heretics and infidels, and away from 
their original Catholic owners. Citing California, which 
originally belonged to Spain ; India, which belonged to 
France; and Australia, which belonged to either Spain or 
Portugal. 

Another friar explained his opposition on the ground 
that mining operations through the use of explosives in 
blasting shattered the earth, and so induced volcanic 
and earthquake action, from which the country already 
suffered more than its share. 

Unless, therefore, there be a change in the colonial 
government, it is but fair to presume that the vast min- 
eral resources of the Philippines will remain neglected, 
or at the best a source of illicit revenue to half-caste 
speculators and Chinese traders. 



184 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES, 



CHAPTER XXin. 

TYPHOONS. 

No grander ispectaole is ever seen by mortal eye than a 
great typhoon. Unlike the squalls of the northern zone it 
gives its warning far in advance. Twenty-four or even 
thirty-six hours ahead the voice of the herald is heard in 
the uneasy movements of the barometer. The mercury 
falls and rises, falls still lower and rises again, just as if 
great blocks of atmosphere were being carried away by 
viewless hands and replaced by smaller and lighter ones. 
It gets below the twenty-nine inch mark and then ani- 
mate nature begins to add its warning to that of the 
mercury. Sea-birds fly anxiously as if looking for a place 
of refuge. Fishes leap from the water quivering with 
nervous excitement to fall back into the waves. Buffaloes 
come bellowing to their home. Cats shrink into corners, 
and even the pariah dogs whine and growl in vague ap- 
prehension. And the air changes in its tinting, the 
brightness dies out by a haze slowly forming, and the 
blue above changes slowly into a livid yellow. The breeze 
dies down, and the city and country seemingly become 
silent. Your voice appears to have grown weak, when 
3'ou talk you are compelled to employ considerable exer- 
tion. The reason lies in the roar of the far-off storm 
which is already swallowing up the finer sounds and the 
keener notes of everyday life. Upon the horizon is a 
black wall tipped ox combed with v^t zqim999i of fleeojr 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 185 

snow. It is a giant nimbus, capped by a cumulus larger 
than the Himalayas. It moves slowly and majestically, 
the whirling storm within may be circling at a hundred 
or two hundred miles an hour, but the storm itself moves 
leisurely, scarcely faster than an idle man walking along 
a sleepy countr3' road. 

The sky grows from yellow to brown, and the air 
begins to taste as if filled with dust. The birds have all 
gone to cover and every animal has crept into hiding. 
What little is left of the sun glares out a dull and sodden 
red. The black wall now reaches up high into the 
heavens, covering one-half of the horizon and over it, 
looking like an avalanche about to fall, are the white 
masses dashed here and there with red from the refrac- 
tion of the sun's rays and brightened into jeweled 
caverns by the play of the lightning. The heavy thunder 
is indistinguishable in the roar of the wind. It is a vast, 
continuous sound, like the boom of a hundred Niagaras. 

It devours all other sounds. In a typhoon off Manila 
on one occasion a fort fired guns to warn a ship a mile 
away, but the guns were unheard on board the ship and 
even at the other end of the fort itself. As the cloud- 
wall approaches there come flurries of great raindrops. 
Fine raindrops take their place, and then a great wave 
of wind comes rushing past carrying with it boxes and 
barrels, roof tiles and signboards, shutters and awnings, 
and the thousand and one movable objects of the city. 
The rain becomes mist and everything fades into vague 
outlines and half-visible colors. There is no standing 
against the atmospheric pressure. The strongest man is 
thrown down or hurled against walls along with the 
straws and feathers of the street. Then balconies and 
roofs are swept away, walls crash, houses collapse, trees 
vanish| torn literally from the earth| and the ^roun4 



186 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

seems to beoome alive with water, moyiDg things, squirm- 
ing creations, dying animals and the debris of the catas- 
trophe. 

In the center of the typhoon there is a period of 
unearthly calm, which is described by those who have 
experienced it as being like the day of judgment. It is a 
short pause, and then the storm again resumes its course 
as if to finish the destruction which it had begun. It 
grows weaker and slower, and then the cloud wall passes 
on and the sunlight once more falls upon a hideous 
wilderness. 

The great typhoon of July, 1862, started from Luzon, 
devastating a long tract of territory upon that island, 
swept across the China Sea, missing Hong Kong, but mak- 
ing a belt of ruin from the China coast up far into the 
interior, including the entire river frontage of the vast 
city of Canton. Over fifty thousand people were killed and 
twenty thousand houses destroyed. Professor Doberck, 
who is the leading authority upon these storms, says that 
they average sixteen a year and occur almost invariably 
in June, July, August and September. 

The name is a curious one. It bears a striking resem- 
blance to the Greek tuphon, a whirlwind, and yet it is 
only the Chinese tai-feng, or tai-fung, meaning a large 
wind. It seems to have been taken by the navigators of 
the sixteenth century from the Chinese mariners and 
applied to these special storms. The force of the wind is 
something inconceivable. Captain Street, of the P. & O. 
steamer Brindisi, passed safely through one in the 
China Sea which carried a heavy boat away from the 
davits up in the air and held it flat against the mast and 
mainyard for fifteen minutes. The O. & O. steamer 
Oceanic, sailed through the edge of one in 1892 which 
cleauQcl the upper deck of that steamer of everything 



Manila an!) tttt: fHtuppmES. W 

as if it had been done with a knife, and yet did not 
injure the most fragile thing on the forward part of the 
vessel. 

At Baluoan, in Luzon, a typhoon struck and carried 
away one-half of a house, not leaving a piece behind a 
foot in length, but nevertheless not injuring the other 
half to any noticeable extent. 

Their nature is well known to-day, and their move- 
ments are figured out with great accuracy. When one 
starts, which is always near Luzon, the fact with an esti- 
mate of the size, the direction and the velocity of the 
storm, is telegraphed to every point in the China Sea, the 
China mainland, and the Island of Formosa, so that in 
this way people have twenty-four, forty-eight, and even 
seventy-two hours' notice in advance. Stranger still, 
veteran shipmasters will sail their craft parallel with the 
axis of the typhoon without any serious consequences. 
On one occasion the steamship Zaphiro, now attached to 
Admiral Dewey's squadron, and on two occasions the 
steamer Esmeralda sailed from Manila to the China coast 
between two typhoon axes, the storm on the south being 
about thirty miles distant, and the one on the north 
about twenty or twenty-five. 



188 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 



CHAPTER XXIV. 

THE OTHEB ISLANDS THE LADBONES THE PELEWS THE 

GASOLINES. 

East of the Philippines lies that part of the Pacific 
Ocean known as Micronesia. It contains many islands 
arranged more or less in groups. Three of these groups 
belong to Spain, and in political geography are attached 
to the Philippines. The most important of the three is 
the group known as the Caroline Islands, second, the 
Marianne or Ladrone Islands, and third the Pelew or 
Pelao Islands. The islands are all small, containing a 
total area of about eleven hundred square miles, 
and fifty thousand inhabitants. They have lost much of 
their original importance. The Ladrones, for example, 
when first discovered had a population of over one hun- 
dred thousand. "What with slavery, religious fanaticism, 
and inhuman treatment by officials, they now number but 
one-tenth of the sum mentioned. A similar decimation 
has marked the Carolines and the Pelews. The unfortu- 
nate natives of all three groups are dwindling away, fol- 
lowing the footsteps of the best representative of their 
race, the Hawaian. While the people resemble Malays, 
they are of a different race or subrace known as the 
Polynesian. They are taller, broader, and more robust 
and muscular. Some of them have features which are 
almost Greek in symmetry and proportion. The men 
are good-looking, and many of them are more than six 



MANILA AND tliE t>rilUPl>INES. Ifift 

feet in stature. Many of the women are graceful* 
shapely, and pretty, and a few exceedingly beautiful. 
Some scientists believe that the Polynesians came orig- 
inally from Borneo, and had their origin in a branch 
of the Malay race, which at an early age took to seafaring 
or wandering in small colonies from island to island. 
The people are remarkably gentle, affectionate and simple- 
minded. In war they are brave and fierce even to 
frenzy. 

The Ladrone Islands were discovered by Magellan in 
1521, who called them the Islas de las Velas, or the 
Islands of the Sails. It is a pity this name was not kept, 
as it is both beautiful and appropriate, many of the 
islands looking like distant ships when seen by the navi- 
gator upon the horizon. Legazpi called them the La- 
drones or Thieves' Islands, because one of his ships was 
robbed there. In the seventeenth century they were called 
the Lazarus Islands, because a nervous captain saw a leper 
at a fishing village, and the St. Lazarus Islands by a 
Catholic missionary who wished to give them a religious 
title. 

They were next called the Marianne Islands, from 
Queen Maria Anne of Austria. The present usage is to 
accept the title given by Legazpi — the Ladrone Islands. 
The Jesuit Fathers established a mission in the islands 
in 1668. The mission house was fortified, garrisoned 
with thirty-one soldiers, and armed with two pieces of 
artillery. Within two years after the landing of this 
expedition an attempt was made to curtail the liberty of 
the natives, and to create a system of taxation. The 
natives revolted, and had their first revolution. There 
were many revolts from that time on, and through the 
last century. Many priests were killed as well as 
soldiers^ and these deaths were avenged wholesale. In 



100 MANILA AND THE PttlLlPI^INES. 

addition to the cruelties of war, each outbreak entailed 
larger burdens upon the population. They were com- 
pelled to devote so many days every year to govern- 
mental work, and also to pay over to the fiscal officers of 
both church and state so many measures of grain, 
pounds of yam and copra, and so many pigs and fowls. 
That the condition is as bad to-day as at any time in the 
past is evidenced by the fact that the Spanish blue books 
speak almost every year of seditions or seditious natives, 
and that less than twenty 3'ears ago the governor, Sefior 
Pazos, was assassinated in a popular uprising. The 
Spanish government suppresses nearly all information, 
but the treasury reports tell an intelligible story in fig- 
ures which show that the garrison is as small as safety 
permits; that the expense of government has been re- 
duced to a minimum ; that the taxes are universal, and 
that the entire revenue is one-half of the expense of the 
administration. There are nine towns in the islands and 
the capital is Agana on Apra Creek. In all of the is- 
lands, there are twenty schools, and twenty-six teachers, 
on paper. The number of enrolled scholars is about five 
hundred, while the attendance is said to be only about 
fifty. A government steamer from Manila calls at Agana 
three or four times a year. 

The Pelew Islands were known of for many years be- 
fore they were discovered. So many attempts were made 
to find them that at one period there was a popular belief 
that the islands were movable, and floated here and there. 
Not until long afterward was the reason ascertained to be 
strong ocean currents which drove ships out of their 
courses without arousing the suspicions of the sailing 
masters. 

The first time they were seen by European navigators 
was in 1686, but not until 1710 were they located, and 



MANILA AND THK FHILIPFINES. I9l 

occupied by an expedition. Even on this occasion noth- 
ing permanent was done. A warship from Manila found 
two of the islands, and cast anchor near the shore. 
The natives, a fine-looking set of savages, came on board 
the vessel, and presented them with cocoauuts, herbs, 
and fish. Two zealous missionaries on board went ashore 
to erect a cross, and were escorted by an officer of the 
soldiers, and a quartermaster of the vessel. While they 
were ashore the wind began to increase, and the ship 
was compelled to raise anchor to escape the coming 
storm. When it was over the captain endeavored to find 
the islands, but never found them, although he searched 
for a month. According to the natives, the four Euro- 
peans were treated very kindly for several years, when 
they became unruly and cruel, and were slain. Not until 
twenty-five years afterward (1785) were the islands found 
again, and a settlement made b3>' a Spanish expedition. 
The people of the Pelews seem to have been of a lower 
type than those of the Ladrones. They were polyg- 
amists and cannibals. They apparently had no religion 
whatever, worshiping only their chief, who was usually 
the strongest and wisest man of the community. They 
had no quadrupeds, domestic fowl of any sort, nor agri- 
culture, living on fish, fruits, and roots. They were 
strong and vigorous, and led savage but happy lives. 
They knew how to make a fire, and how to weave strong 
cloth out of banana fiber. They made hatchets and 
lances with stone heads, and spears whose points were 
formed by rubbing human bones, chiefiy those of the 
arm or the leg, down to a point, or an edge like a chisel. 
The men wore loin cloths and the women a skirt, which 
extended from the waist to the knee. The wives and 
daughters of the king, and the great warriors had combs 
and ornaments made out of turtle shell. The Spaniards 



192 MANILA AND tHE I>HtLIi>l>lNES. 

governed the Pelews in very much the same style as the 
Ladrones. They put a garrison in the leading Tillage, 
which is Babeldruapy and made it the seat of goyemment. 

The3' also established settlements on three other is- 
lands. The Pelews are a subdivision of the Caroline 
administration, which is in turn directly responsible to 
Manila. Ecclesiastically the Pelews belong to the 
diocese of Cebu, their priests being subject to the bishop 
of that province. Legally the Pelews belong to the 
judicial jurisdiction of Manila. This noble achievement 
of red tape will be properly appreciated when it is re- 
membered that almost all difficulties or dissensions arise 
in regard to commercial matters, over which the civil 
authorities have a jurisdiction, in which the church has 
a vested interest, and must be made a party to any legal 
proceeding and for which redress must come from the 
supreme court at Manila. Any luckless foreigner, there 
fore, unless he belongs to a country possessing a strong 
and virile government, is compelled in case of a com- 
mercial difficulty to apply to all three organizations — a 
proceeding which is very expensive, very technical, and, 
as might be supposed, very slow. 

The Pelews are very poor, poorer even than the La- 
drones. The government takes a large share of the prod- 
uce from the natives, and gives nothing in return. The 
population is gradually diminishing, and is said to be 
about one-fifth of what it was when the islands were 
seized by Spain. Few ships touch at the ports. There 
is no commerce to attract them ; the government has never 
erected auy lighthouses, and the naval authorities have 
never taken the trouble to survey and chart the islands 
and surrounding waters. What hydrographio work has 
been done in this respect has been achieved by other 
nations, notably the British. The Americans^ Germane^ 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 193 

Frenph» Dutoh, and even the Portuguese have added their 
Bhare to the general total. Much^ however, remains 
to be done before navigation in that district will be put 
upon a civilized basis. 

The Pelews are sometimes known as the West Caro- 
lines, and sometimes are included with the most westerly 
group of the Carolines under the general title of the 
West Carolines. The Spanish administration, which is 
the most authoritative body in this respect, divides the 
great archipelago in an extraordinary way by making 
them two districts, one with the title of the "East Caro- 
line and Pelew Islands," and the other "the West Caro- 
line and Pelew Islands." This certainly must be some 
clerical error, as the Pelews lie to the west of the Caro- 
lines, and are as much a part of the Philippines as they 
are of the Carolines. The Spanish government undoubt- 
edly meant the easterly half of the Caroline group to be 
known as the East Carolines, and the westerly half, to- 
gether with the Pelews, to be known as the West Caro* 
lines and Pelews. 

The famous Carolines are a group or archipelago reach- 
ing from about one hundred and forty to one hundred 
and seventj^ east longitude, and from four to ten north 
latitude. They are, therefore, about eighteen hundred 
miles long and three hundred and fifty miles wide. They 
are noted for the equableness of their climate, the ther- 
mometer rarely going below seventy-five degrees, or over 
eighty-five. The temperature is nearly the same day 
and night, so that the climate comes nearer everlasting 
early summer than eifcher Southern California, or Hono- 
lulu. Unlike the Marshall Archipelago, immediately ad- 
joining on the eastward, which seems to be of exclusive 
coral formation, the Carolines are partly of coral, and 
partly of basaltic or volcanic formation. At some places^ 



Xl>4 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

especially Buk^ Yap, Fefan, and Eusaie, the basalt forms 
massive mountains of which at least four are three thou- 
sand feet high, and many are two thousand feet high. 
At some points the rock would seem to indicate a long 
line of ui)heayal similar to that of the Palisades on the 
Hudson Biver, or the columnar coastline of the north- 
west of Scotland. The combination of the two forma- 
tions produces a wonderful variety of soil, which, added 
to the genial climate and the regular rainfall, makes the 
islands remarkably fertile. Almost every vegetable and 
fruit, temperature, subtropical, and tropical, will grow, 
and while many of the northern vegetable types run to 
woody fire rather than to edible tissue, all thrive to an 
extreme degree. The coral districts support the cocoa- 
nut and other palms, the bread-fruit, taroroot, yams* 
potatoes, onions, and other underground vegetables, 
while the soil of the basalt rock supports nearly every 
other form of plant life. Under savage and Spanish 
rule the islands were famous for their beauty and salu- 
brity. While during the thirty years when the simple- 
minded islanders were under the control of American 
missionaries they enjoyed phenomenal prosperity. The 
islands reached a stage of cultivation which caused sev- 
eral of them to be known as the ''gems of the Pacific." 
It is popularly supposed that the islands were discovered 
by Magellan, but critical study has disproved this belief, 
and shown that his first landing, and the first land he 
discovered in this part of the world, was one of the 
Ladrones. The existence of the Carolines became known 
to the Spaniards in 1721, when two proas blown out of 
their course by heavy winds took refuge on a beach near 
Agana, where at the time Luiz Sanchez was governor. 

They were made prisoners, and when the governor 
heard that they came from rich and fertile islands to the 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPJNES. 195 

east, he fitted up a small vessel, putting on board a orew, 
soldiers and a priest, and adding the prisoners as pilots. 
The savages gladly steered the ship to their home, and 
the priest and soldiers, seeing that the natives were very 
numerous, declined to go ashore, but sailed back to 
Manila for reinforcements. That their caution was 
justified was soon demonstrated. The new expedition 
from Manila had several priests and a large company of 
soldiers. It reached the Carolines, disembarked, 
attacked the natives, and was promptly resisted and 
routed. Nearly all the soldiers were slain as were also 
some of the sailors in the landing boats. This discour- 
aging reception postponed for a long time further at- 
tempts to subdue the natives. Later on an exploring 
expedition returned to Manila with much interesting in- 
formation concerning the archipelago. They described 
with some accuracy the rock formation, the fertility of 
the soil, the wealth of vegetation and the character of the 
inhabitants. This they depicted in very forbidding 
colors. They were said to be vicious naked warriors and 
pirates whose chief joy was war and carnage and whose 
amusements as well as training exercises were mock 
battles. They were cannibals who filed their teeth, killed 
and roasted all prisoners, and regarded young girls and 
little children as great delicacies. The queerest story of 
all was that the islands were full of Spanish half-breeds 
who were the descendants of Spanish sailors that had 
been wrecked upon the shores, and had been married on 
account of their strength, endurance, and intelligence to 
the native women. In the middle of the eighteenth cen- 
tury the Spaniards took possession of the islands by slow 
degrees, and established a quasi-government. They 
were greatly disappointed after they came to know the 
archipelago. There were no precious metals, nor so far 



196 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

aa they knew, metals of any sort. The land was chiefly 
forest and underbrush, and the natiyes grew scaroely 
enough food for their own wants, relying upon the fish of 
the sea and the natural products of the field and the 
forest for their sustenance. 

They were brave, obstinate, and more indifferent to 
death than the Malays of the Philippines. This com- 
bination made them Tery hard subjects for Spanish 
ofiioials. Thoro was almost nothing for the ingenious tax 
gatherer or the official to put his hands upon. If he 
tried to arrest the natives and put them to work they 
killed the soldiers, and when conquered, laid down in 
the grass and diod« or allowed themselves to be tortured 
and slaughtered by the officers of the law. After many 
attempts the politicians who were sent out from Manila 
to govern the various communities lost all hope of pecu- 
niary gain. The more ambitious had themselves trans- 
ferred to other stations, and by degrees only unsuccessful 
office-seekers or men who had lost their hold upon the 
administration would accept a position in this out-of-the- 
way archipelago. This is well shown in the Spanish 
blue books. For all the East Carolines there is only 
provision for a lieutenant-colonel and staff with a total 
allowance of four thousand nine hundred dollars a year, 
while for the more scattered West Carolines and PelewB 
together there is allotted a lieutenant-colonel and staff, 
and an expenditure of five thousand nine hundred and 
seventy dollars. This may be compared with the unim- 
portant district of Mindanao, where the allowance is 
nearly twenty thousand dollars a year. In the Carolines 
the two most important, if not the largest islands, are Tap 
and Ponape. Tap is the center of government for the 
East Carolines and Ponape is the seat of the vioe- 
governor of both the East and West Carolines. 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINESc 197 

While the Spaniards allowecl the islands practically to 
run themselves^ there grew up a curious barter trade 
between the natives and venturous traders^ especially 
British^ American, and German. They loaded small sail- 
ing vessels with stocks of calicoes, looking glasses, 
knives, tinseled jewlery, and cheap firearms, and ex- 
changed them with the natives for food, and copra or the 
dried ripe cocoanut meat. The traders were frowned 
upon bj' the Spanish government, which at first tried to 
suppress the traffic by imposing heavy duties. The 
traders thereupon refused to enter any ports where there 
were officials, and did business at sea more than a 
marine league from the shore, the natives coming off in 
boats. The Spaniards tried to suppress this with gun- 
boats, but the very first collision occurred beyond the 
league limit, and brought down such a storm of protests 
from the diplomatic world that the practice was discon- 
tinued. The gunboats were withdrawn to Manila, and 
in the last report from Madrid there are two warships in 
th« Philippines, both of them hulks which can never 
be moved from their anchorage, and two very small gun- 
boats employed for the transmission of mails and the 
official use of members of the administration. At the 
present time the copra traffic is a feature of life in the 
islands, and is a distinct benefit and civilizing agency to 
the islanders. American missionaries first visited the 
islands in the forties, and found them a very promising 
field. Although nominally there were Catholic churches 
in every island and the official list gave the names, places, 
and salaries paid, yet the lists themselves appear to have 
been drawn by either prophets or humorists, for they 
had no foundation in fact. 

In 1852 the Amerioan Board of Commissioners for 
Foreign Missions and the Hawaiian Board of Missions 



198 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

Bent an expedition to the Carolines and landed a number 
of evangelical workers on the two islands of Ponape and 
Eusaie^ which are in the extreme eastern part of the 
archipelago. Their prompt success aroused great enthu- 
siasm in both New York and Honolulu, and many men 
and women followed the pioneers to these lands. In 
four years there were over thirty workers in the field, and 
the children of the United States built their first mis- 
sionary ship — the Morning Star. Ifc was the first craft to 
reach the Philippines which did not contain a soldier, 
loaded cannon, rifle, or barrel of rum. The Morning Star 
{rrew old in the service and was succeeded by a larger 
and better ship. This, in turn, by a third, and the 
third by the present one, which has an auxiliary steam 
engine, which enables it to proceed in calm weather 
and to enter narrow harbors and rivers where a sailing 
ship is often unable to go ahead. The missions flour- 
ished, island after island being invaded by the preachers, 
American, Hawaiian and native, until there was a church 
and congregation upon nearly every island. The only 
Spanish settlement which did in reality exist was at Yap, 
and even here no particular opposition was manifested to 
the calling of the Morning Star and to the work of native 
gospel readers. The work, though pleasant, was slow. 
The natives at the outset were like lazy children who 
do not want to be bothered with lessons, and who run 
away the moment expostulation is begun. In 1886, 
thirty-three years after their arrival, thirty islands had 
been Christianized, and on many of them the heathen 
practices of the forties had become vague memories. 

Nearly every community had learned how to build 
houses, to till the fields, to wear clothing, to prepare and 
preserve foods, to build roads and to conduct their own 
schools. At Pingelap, which lies to the northwest of 




MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 199 

Eusaie and to the east of Ponape, the natives built them- 
selves a ohuroh to accommodate eight hundred people, 
nearly all the population of the island. The missionary 
report of 1888 gives the number of churches as forty- 
seven, and the members as forty-five hundred. All this 
came to an end in a sudden and cruel manner. As many 
careless writers have charged the closing of the Microne- 
sian mission to fanatical intolerance, Jesuitical plots, and 
all sorts of causes excepting the true one, a simple state- 
ment of the facts may be of advantage. The Spanish 
administration knew of the presence of the American and 
the Hawaiian missionaries in the Carolines, and made 
such inquiries as they thought were necessary. When 
they ascertained that no adverse claims were made re- 
specting ownership or nationality, and that no attempts 
were made to buy up or control the real estate, and no 
acts done irreconcilable with Spanish authority, they 
took no action whatever against the evangelical organiza- 
tion or movement. In the late seventies a bishop of 
Manila, in speaking on the subject, said it was better 
that the Indians should be civilized by Protestants rather 
than remain heathen cannibals. This condition of affairs 
would probably have remained unchanged if it had not 
been for the new policy of the German Empire. In the 
eighties it began to display a desire to enter the coloniz- 
ing business like England and France. It looked around 
the world and found at that time that the only lands 
which might be claimed were in Africa and the Pacific 
and Indian oceans. As all readers know, they soon es- 
tablished their sovereignty at various points in all these 
districts. There were several conflicts and disagree- 
ments between Berlin and Madrid, in most of which 
Berlin retained the upper hand. In 1885 there was a 
rumor that a German man-of-war on the China coast had 



200 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

reoeiTed orders to prepare for a long yoyage, and to take 
possession of some islands in the neighborhood of the 
Ladrones. The news was cabled to Manila and Madrid, 
and in a commendably short time the Manila administra- 
tion had dispatched a man-of-war to Yap, having on board 
Lieutenant Capriles, who had been appointed governor 
of the Carolines. He arrived in due season at Yap, but 
be^^'ond engaging in dinner parties and social functions, 
in which he consumed three days, he did nothing. On 
the third day the German warship litis entered the har- 
bor, landed a file of marines and hoisted the red, white 
and black flag of Germany. Oapriles returned to Manila, 
where a panic immediately occurred. The walls of the 
citadel were repaired, earthworks and fortifications were 
thrown up on the seashore and at Cavite, and many resi- 
dents fled to the suburbs. The German residents were 
attacked by rioters, and for a time confusion reigned 
supreme. The news was cabled to Madrid, where, of 
course, a larger riot immediately broke out. The Ger- 
man embassy was stoned by the mob and its coat of arms 
torn down and burned. There was a warm diplomatic 
quarrel between the two countries, and the matter was 
finally referred for arbitration to the pope. During the 
submission of the case no movement was made by either 
the Spaniards or the Germans; in fact, there was no 
government whatever. The matter was under advise- 
ment for a long time, and was then decided in favor of 
Spain. This so delighted the administration in Manila 
that it gave a grand demonstration and fireworks, and 
did nothing for over a year. In 1887 it determined to 
establish its authority in order to prevent any further 
troubles of the same sort, and thereupon organized the 
existing system. 

Oolonel Posadillo was made governor of the East Oaro- 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 201 

lines, and was sent to the capital, Ponape. With him 
were clerks, a company of soldiers under a lieutenant, a 
gang of convicts, and a small regiment of Spanish Capu- 
chin Friars. Posadillo was what we would call a crank. 
He went to his pos^i full of gall and bitterness. The 
decision of the pope had irritated him greatly, as it had 
most of the Spanish politicians. The decision was not va 
favor of Spain, although it was so far as the Carolines 
were concerned. Spain's claim had been for Microne- 
sia, of which all the islands had been credited to her by 
geographers and cartographers from time immemorial. 
Great Britain, with customary shrewdness, had already 
taken possession of the Gilbert group, while Germany 
had taken the Marshall group, including the Badak and 
the Balik islands. If the pope had given the Carolines 
to Spain, he confirmed the title of the Gilberts in Great 
Britain, and of the Marshalls in Germany. 

This to Posadillo was highway robbery. Under form 
of law, national, international, and ecclesiastical, and 
under the form of religion, he and the Fatherland had 
been robbed of two-thirds of their possessions. It was a 
trick, a plot, a conspiracy. It made him doubly mad 
that his countrymen at Manila had rejoiced over the 
decision. He did not believe that half a loaf was better 
than none, and the action of his compatriots increased 
his ire. His sentiments were so ferocious and his con- 
duct so unpleasant that it was difiScult to get any good 
officer to accept a detail under him or any self-respecting 
priest to take charge of Mr. Posadillo 's religious squad. 

The lieutenant who went was an incompetent sub- 
lieutenant, who hoped by the sacrifice to secure promo- 
tion, and the Capuchin Friars are so disreputable a 
lot of characters that even in Spain they are the butt of 
the populace. Under such auspiees there was a very 



I 202 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 



lively time. Posadillo began operations by arresting 
natives and levying fines and taxes in every direction. 
The soldiers introduced liquor, which was unknown 
under missionary rule, and the gang of twenty-five con- 
victs whom Posadillo had brought with him to erect a 
fort immediately started a series of thefts and even 
graver crimes. The missionaries protested, and were 
immediately insulted and browbeaten by the governor. 
The Rev. E. T. Doane resented the governor's abomina- 
ble behavior, and gave notice that he would protest to 
the State Department at Washington. This was the 
spark that lit the magazine. He was promptly arrested 
and sent a prisoner to Manila, on June 16, 1887, just 
three months and two days after the new governor 
arrived. Dr. Doane was tried by the governor-general, 
who acquitted him and gave him not onb** an honorable 
discharge, but a very complimentary testimonial. Dr. 
Doane returned to Ponape, and found everything in 
chaos. Natives had been robbed; the missionaries had 
been maltreated; seven of the mission schools had been 
closed ; some of the workers had gone back to the United 
States ; the leading islanders had been enrolled among the 
domestic servants of the governor, and were blacking 
boots, scrubbing floors, carrying water and lighting the 
pipes of the governor and his staff. The less influential 
citizens had been organized into gangs, set to work like 
convicts upon roads, fields, and government buildings. 
The Capuchin Friars had begun to seize land, confiscate 
houses and appropriate the school buildings for religious 
uses. In July the natives who had discussed the mat- 
ter in the evening after the day's toil was over refused to 
return to their gangs. The lieutenant reported it to the 
governor who declared the conduct treason, and sent the 
officer with the soldiers to arrest and bring in all of the 



^ 



MANILA AND THE I»HlLlt>I*mES. 203 

ringleaders. They marched to the place where the 
natives were gathered with drawn swords and fixed bayo- 
nets and wounded several of the people. This aroused 
the old heathen spirit, and the next moment there was a 
tremendous fight between the unarmed islanders and 
the veteran soldiers. This time discipline lost. The 
officer was killed, and every man in the troop was killed 
or mortally wounded. The governor and the convicts 
fortified the government house and were besieged by an 
angry mob. The Capuchins, a cowardly set, fied to the 
hulk. Donna Maria, which was anchored in the harbor 
at the first outbreak of hostilities. The governor though 
an incompetent was no coward. He held the building 
for three days, and on the night of July 4th, with his sur- 
viving companions, cut his way through the enemy to 
the beach, where the Capuchins were to meet 'him in 
small boats. But the Capuchins were afraid to under* 
take the risk. The boats started from the hulk, and 
went back, and the governor and his faithful criminals 
were killed one by one. The news reached Manila at 
the end of September. In November, the Spanish 
authorities sent three men of war to Tonape with over 
six hundred soldiers to retake possession and to punish 
the rebels. Luckily for the brave missionaries who still 
held on to their posts, an American man-of-war, the 
Essex, came over from the China coast in time to protect 
them from a riotous soldiery. The Essex served as a 
monitor for the Spanish officers. A few individuals 
were arrested, and sent on to Manila, where they were 
tried by court martial. To the credit of the Spanish 
government, they received, it is said, a very light sen- 
tence, while the court in its written judgment practically 
declared that Fosadillo received no more than he 
deserved. \ 



304 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

This was a great victory for the cause of right. 
Things ran along quietly for about two years and a half. 
In the meantime^ Qeueral Weyler^ corrupt and cruel, 
became governor-general of the Philippines. Through 
him, or through his administration, the Capuchins re- 
ceived many concessions at the expense of the islanders. 
One was a grant of the land at Oua, a mission station 
upon which was the mission church which the islanders 
had built themselves, and other little buildings which 
they had put up in the course of their practical educa- 
tion by American missionaries. 

The real object of the concession was to destroy the 
mission house. It was concealed under the garb of 
patriotism and piety. One-half of this land was to be 
used for building barracks for the troops, and the other 
half for building a church to be directed by the Capu- 
chins. One of the friars surveyed the land, and against 
the protests of the people he located the new building 
within a few feet of the wall of the mission church. 
This meant that the moment the ground was excavated 
for the foundation of the church the weak little edifice 
alongside would fall in. They said as much to the Capu- 
chins, who laughed and sneeringly replied, ''If it does 
fall in all the better for everybody." General TVeyler 
had neglected to supply the necessary materials for 
either barracks or church. The Capuchins induced Lieu- 
tenant Forras to impress the islanders into the service of 
the state, and compel them to cut the necessary timber. 
Some were caught by the soldiers, who were fifty-four in 
number, and taken with them to the neighboring forest. 
The other islanders escaped, and though supposed to be 
far away> were lurking in the immediate neighborhood. 
One of the soldiers struck a native, and immediately 
those who were impressed, and their hidden friends. 



Manila and the Philippines. 205 

attacked the troops^ killing the officer and twenty-seven 
men, and wounding nearly all the rest. The news 
reached Manila, and was cabled to Madrid. The cabinet 
held a session, and at the suggestion of Ganovas, the 
prime minister, it cabled the governor-general to punish 
the rebels at his own discretion. He prepared a large 
expedition, and in September, 1890, sent six hundred 
soldiers on a transport, accompanied by a gunboat. 
Hearing that the natives had gathered in force, the gun- 
boat shelled the woods, using the old mission house and 
the houses of the neighboring settlement as their target. 
They annihilated the poor little town, but did not injure 
an islander, all of these retiring at the outset beyond the 
range of the cannon. The troops landed and held a 
celebration in honor of their victory. The festivities 
were marred by the discovery that they had been very 
poorly provided for by the commissary department. 
They marched after the savages, as the Spaniards termed 
them, confident that they would exterminate the entire 
population, but instead of that the quiet natives fought 
like demons, defeated the soldiers, and chased them 
down to the shore under the protection of the cannon of 
the gunboat. 

There was neither medicine nor surgical appliances on 
either gunboat or transport. There was hardly enough 
food left for the return passage, and many of the 
wounded died from privation on 6fac voyage. The com- 
mander of the expeditio;^; a brave and honest soldier, 
was so heartbroken bj" 23r>irjg made the victim of official 
dishonesty and corrupt^oi2 that he blew his brains out. 
The missionaries, sec/xg that there was no hope for them, 
left Ponape on the United States man-of-war. Alliance. 
The law of the FLUippines was immediately afterward 
applied to the C*«roIines, permitting no Protestant tsAfr 



i 206 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

fiionary to ply his calling in the territory. The Morn^ 
I ing Star was forbidden to touch at any port^ or to hold 

j any intercourse with any natives upon the sea except 

I under the guns of the port of the harbor. All Bibles, 

I testaments, and schoolbooks were prohibited, and all 

natives were forbidden to hold any intercourse, directly 
or indirectly, by speech or writing, with any of their 
American or Hawaiian friends. Since that time little 
has occurred to change the simple life of the Caroline 
Islands. There have been several small riots in which 
Spanish soldiers have been wounded or killed, and many 
natives shot in return, but nothing has been attempted 
to better the condition of the population, or to extend 
the light of civilization to the few islands where no mis- 
sionaries have ever been. 




MikNILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 



207 



CHAPTER XXV. 



THB 8TOBY OF BIZAL. 



Thb last insurreotion in the Philippines^ which, though 
suppressed by Governor-Oeneral Biviera broke out again 
in time to coincide with and become part of the Ameri- 
can war against Spain, was occasioned largely by the 
somber tragedy of Dr. Jose Bizal. Bizal belonged to 
the Province of Gavite, and is said to haye been a half- 
breed, three-quarters Spanish and one-quarter Tagal. 
He was of small stature, pleasant manners, and great in- 
tellectual ability. His family was well-to-do, and he 
received as good an education as the Philippines pro- 
vide, closing his study year with a course in St. Thomas' 
University, of which Brother Gomez was the head. He 
afterward became connected with the institution, and 
lectured to the students. He was a frequent visitor to 
Hong Eong, where he was well known 'and greatly ad- 
mired by the leaders of British society* 

While unobtrusive and even retiring in his manners, 

he had always the courage of his convictions, and when 

it was necessary expressed his opinions logically and 

with power. 

During his school and college life, he saw much of the 

corruption of both the state and church, and the first 
trouble he had in life was when he once wrote a private 
letter in which he spoke of the necessity of a better en- 
forcement of the law8| and especially of the removal or 



208 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

expulsion of dishonest officials and immoral priests. This 
letter ^ot into the hands of the authorities^ and Bizal was 
arrested^ and warned that the communication was tainted 
with treason and blasphemy. He studied medicine^ 
obtained his degree^ and became a skillful physician. 
At the same time he began to take a deep interest in his 
fellow citizens, the natives. His medical skill, kindly 
nature, and humane conduct soon made him Tery popu- 
lar, and ere he was twenty-eight he was a recognized 
leader of the common people. During this period he 
made a special study of the abuses, administrative and 
ecclesiastic, that came under his notice, and those which 
were reported in the official publications. In a short 
time this list made a volume of which every paragraph 
was an indictment. Bizal was too good a politician to 
use this material, much less to publish it. He knew 
that if he did his life would not be worth a second's pur- 
chase. He was as determined as ever in the cause of re- 
form, and fondly hoped that by uniting all the better 
elements of the Philippines a more righteous state of 
affairs could be brought about, and in the event of fail- 
ing at Manila that an appeal to Madrid would, in the 
course of time, result in the desired amelioration. His 
colleagues in the movement were much more distrustful 
of the politicians and the friars. They kept on their 
work of organizing the moral sense of the community, 
but at the same time they were careful to do nothing 
which could be construed into a violation of law. What 
was of equal importance, they kept their eyes always on 
the leaders of those whom they regarded as the enemies 
of the state. In 1890 Dr. Bizal published a pamphlet 
in which he set forth his views, and eloquently pleaded 
for juster laws, and the thorough enforcement of the 
[ laws already existing. He depicted in a graphic, but 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 209 

not a passionate way> the chief abuses ivhich prevailed^ 
and the terrible sufferings of the natives in many dis- 
tricts. The pamphlet was manly^ inteUeotual, and 
patriotic. It was frank and sincere, and represented the 
best thought of a Spanish gentleman, a loyal citizen, and 
an upright Eoman Catholic. Within a week the work 
was suppressed on the ground that it was seditious and 
heretical. Kizal was denounced by the ultramontane 
and Jesuitical press of Manila^ and his prosecution was 
demanded by at least one of the suffragan bishops. The 
governor-general at that time was General Weyler, who, 
after debating the matter^ determined to arrest Bizal. 

The latter, however, had been warned in time and 
escaped from the port on a British steamer to Hongt 
Kong. It is said that he was sent on board in a pet-* 
forated box, and lay there until the ship was under way. 
He reached Hong Kong where he was received with open 
arms by his friends, who had been notified by cable of 
his coming. The newspapers of the city, the Htmg' 
Kong Telegraph, Mail, and Daily Press took up his cause 
with great earnestness, but he with rare modesty refused 
to express any opinion. Nevertheless the action of the 
papers was made into another offense by the church 
dignitaries of Manila, and brought up against him after- 
ward on his trial. For about a year he attended to his 
private business, and took no part in public matters. 
This silence made his enemies all the more apprehensive. 
In their endeavor to get him within their power they 
planned as cruel and wicked a conspiracy as ever ema- 
nated from a Spanish brain. The governor-general of the 
Philippines wrote him a special dispatch stating that he 
was too good a citizen for the state to lose his services; 
that his past offenses were forgiven, and that he could 
come back at any time in perfect safety. He promised 



210 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

perfect immunity from all prosecution, civil and criminal, 
and added that the only condition he must insist upon 
was that in the future Bizal would abstain from similar 
action. Eizal was homesick, and was delighted to re- 
ceiTC the communication. His compatriots advised him 
against returning, declaring that there was a trick in the 
matter, but his British friends took the other side, and 
said that the governor-general could not afford to violate 
his written promise ; and the governor-general did not. 

Bizal went back to Manila with full confidence in the 
governor-general. He knew that there were other foes, 
and took every precaution against them. Thus when the 
ship arrived he compelled the customs officers to search 
thoroughly all his baggage and that of his servant, and 
to examine the clothing of both. He had them mark 
everything with pencil, and had it done in the presence 
of the officers of the steamship. He landed, took rooms, 
received a hearty welcome from his patients and rela- 
tives. 

Two days after his arrival, while he was absent attend- 
ing a sick friend, a squad of soldiers, led by an infamous 
church spy, broke into his rooms and forced all his 
trunks. The spy found in them several copies of Bizal 's 
pamphlet, and several manuscripts, giving the details of 
outrages by friars in the savage districts. Bizal was 
thereupon arrested, indicted and tried. On the trial he 
denied that he had ever imported the books, or that he 
had ever seen them. He stated that they were not where 
they were found when he left his rooms two hours before, 
and that if they had been found there they had been put 
there by somebody either in his absence when the room 
was unoccupied, or in the presence of the searching party. 
He asked the court to call the customs officers who had 
searched his trunks on the steamer, or the steamship 



I 



1 ! 



I 



i 




MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 311 

o£Soers who had seen the search. The request was 
denied. He asked the court to oall the owner of the 
room, and the soldiers who took part in the search. 
This was denied. He asked that he be allowed to pro- 
duce witnesses as to his truthfulness and honesty. This 
was denied. He then asked permission to produce wit- 
nesses to prove that the church spy, the only witness 
against him was a convict, a thief, a liar, and a profes- 
sional perjurer, and this request was denied. The aroh« 
bishop was at the trial, and took part in the delibera- 
tions. The court returned in a few minutes, and found 
the accused guilty of sedition and blasphemy, and sen- 
tenced him to a year's imprisonment and transportation 
to the jail at Jolo in the Sulu Archipelago. They denied 
leave to appeal, and shipped him the next morning upon 
a gunboat. So outrageous was the wrong that the Brit- 
ish consul at Manila filed a protest with the governor- 
general, and riots broke out in Gavite and South Luzon. 
The latter part of the outrage on Eizal was committed 
not by Weyler, but by his successor Despujol. When 
Bizal regained his liberty he left the Philippines and 
went again to Hong Kong. After staying here some 
time he joined a committee of Philippine patriots, styled 
revolutionists by the Spaniards, who went to Madrid to 
lay their grievances directly before the throne. The ex- 
pedition, it is needless to remark, was time and trouble 
thrown way. The officials and friars had worked up so 
strong a sentiment against the patriots that when they 
landed in Spain they were mobbed. This not proving 
sufficient to deter them, they were arrested and sent 
back on the old [charges of sedition and impiety. They 
were tried in Manila, and found guilty upon a concealed 
clause in the indictment, which charged them with being 
members of a revolutionary society. On December 6, 



312 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

1896, Bizal was led from his cell out into the yard of the 
Manila prison, and there ahot by a file of soldiers. 
When the reTolution against Spain broke ont, one of the 
Terj' first to join the insurgents was Eizal's widow. 
When the United States declared war upon Spain the 
first prominent Spaniard to leave was the archbishop of 
Manila, who is now a refugee under the British flag at 
Shanghai^ China. 




MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. *il3 



CHAPTER XXVI. 

THE FUTURE OP THB PHnilPPlNT-S. 

The future of the Philippines depends chiefly upon the 
great powers of to-day. The land is marvelously rich in 
minerals, in lumber, in agriculture and in water power. 
It has numerous bays and harbors which are safe, com- 
modious and convenient. Its climate is naturally salu- 
brious, and under a wise and beneficent government the 
territory could support a hundred million human beings 
in comfort, and a smaller number in luxury. Properly 
directed, it could be made the scene of extensive manu- 
factures, and an invaluable market for the New World in 
the East and for Asia in the West. From its ports fleets 
of steamers would carry its own products and bring back 
those of other lands. All that it requires are justice and 
wisdom. Its people are good types of poor humanity, no 
better and no worse than other communities around the 
globe. Under favoring influences the race to which the 
islanders belong has proven itself capable of civilization 
and of progress. The Tamil cities of southern India are 
among the quietest and most industrious communities, 
and the great island of Java has for more than a century 
poured a Niagara of wealth into its parent country, the 
Netherlands. The Malays of Singapore make law-abid- 
ing and orderly British citizens, and even under the 
cruel rule of the Spaniards many Tagal and Yisaya sub- 

je^to ]bav0 demonstra(ie4 ik^iv high ability an^ worth, 



H 



214 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

With law and order established^ with roads connecting 
all the districts, with schools and a kindly goyemment^ 
the islanders could be raised to a high level of civiliza- 
tion in a single generation. Nature has been lavish in 
generosity, and only a little is demanded from those of 
her children who have for those who have not. What 
would become of the islanders if their destinies were 
committed to themselves is difficult to predict. They 
could not go very far wrong, because the gunboats of 
civilization do not permit the impulsive savage to inter- 
fere with the welfare or enjoyment of his next-door 
neighbors. The submissiveness and discipline which 
three centuries have stamped upon the Philippine char- 
acter would not be outgrown in fifty years, and would 
undoubtedly preserve the peaceful, social and political 
conditions without which there can be no progress. 
Among their own people are many who would take the 
reins of power the moment their countrymen enjoyed the 
liberty and independence which self-government involves. 
The worst possible fate for the islands is to restore fhem 
to their inhuman and wicked owners. No matter from 
what point of view it be regarded, such a transaction 
would be at variance with every law of right. So far as 
progress, science, ethics, and civilization are concerned, 
Spain is deaf, dumb and blind. The years have taught 
her no wisdom, but have only torn out her teeth, ex- 
tracted her claws and paralyzed her muscles. The tiger 
of Alva is the snarling but impotent senile beast of 1898. 
It knows but one principle of government, the extermina- 
tion of all who object to its rulings. Its treatment of 
the Philippines has never changed. It has been the same 
as that of the Carib, of the Inca, of its own children in 
foreign lands. The population of the Ladrones sank in 
two hundred years from more than a hundred thousand 



MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 215 

to one tenth of that number; the population of the 
Philippines has been killed off from twenty or twenty- 
five millions to six or eight millions. Iniquitous laws 
and practices have stolen all the lands from the inhabit- 
ants and given them to the church and the state. A 
once happy people are now miserably poor, while the 
tangible results of their labor have been taken away in 
the huge fortunes of politicians and officials or the enorm- 
ous funds and swollen treasuries of the religious orders. 

If the war with the United States had never 
occurred the crushing process would have continued un- 
til Japan, Germany or Great Britain interfered and did 
for the Philippines what America is doing for Cuba. 
What the Philippines need is not annexation by any 
country, but only a protectorate which will enable them 
to develop morally, socially, industrially,as well as polit- 
ically. No matter what that protectorate may be, even 
were it Chinese, it would be far kinder and more benefi- 
cent than Spanish rule. The best protectorate is that 
which would be furnished by either the United States or 
Great Britain — the two countries which more than all 
others recognize the sacredness of human liberty, the 
organic rights of the individual, and the duty of the 
state toward the education and amelioration of the 
citizens. 

Under such a protectorate the Philippines would soon 
come to look upon their Spanish thraldom as an awful 
ghost of the night which had passed awi^^ forever. Nor 
should we forget that under decent government the 
Philippines would soon be the best market for the Western 
and Pacific States. 

The climate is too warm to grow wheat and the north- 
em cereals, yet the people have learned the palatability 
and nourishing qualities of bread, and purchase it when- 



216 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 

ever they can. Cotton [does not thrive well, although 
cotton cloths are always in heavy demand. While the 
natives are skilled weavers and utilize the natural 
resources to the utmost, producing matchless pineapple 
cloth, banana cloth and silk goods, yet these are costly 
tissues, and are intended for the wealthy few and not for 
the masses. The bulk of the people for their daily attire 
prefer cotton goods, colored and gaudy. In wheat and 
flour the nearest rival of San Francisco is Bombay. In 
cotton goods the nearest rivals are Japan and China. 
But in this rivalry there is but little danger for the 
American manufacturer. He exports these goods to 
Japan and China at the present time, and competes with 
the native manufacturers in their own market. Doing 
this he needs scarcely fear them in markets as strange to 
them as to himself. 

There will be a vast field in the Philippines for narrow 
gauge railways and for cheap and strong steamboats. In 
the movement of the products of the field and the forest, 
transportation is a more serious question than produc- 
tion. There are millions of magnificent trunks in the 
interior of Luzon and Mindanao which have either an 
insignificant value or no value at all at the present time 
which would possess high value if they could be carried 
at a reasonable cost to the nearest seaport, and thence be 
sent to Japan, China, or Hong Eong. With cheap trans- 
portation to the nearest harbor, and without the paralyz- 
ing burden of Spanish taxation, a lucrative commerce in 
hard woods and cabinet woods would spring up between 
the Philippines and all the great cities of America on the 
Pacific coast. A larger market still will consist of ready- 
made iron or steel frames and roofs for earthquake and 
t3'phoon houses. Under the existing Spanish law there 
is QV99 to-da^ a prpfiliable trad^ in irpi^ beams, irgu 





^S| 


apM 


1 


H 


:> 


i 


^HKintUfe js -i 






i^y^^m 




^^^^Mun^H 


L 


1 



;.i 




MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 217 

roofing and iron clapboarding. Taxes and red tape make 
the iron shell of the Philippine house oost more than an 
entire steel structure would under free trade oonditions. 
The land improperly eultirated produoes an excellent 
coffee, one which like the Java variety has been singu- 
larly free from the disease microbes that destroyed the 
plantations of Ceylon. 

Under scientific cultiyation the Philippine coffee plan- 
tations would in ten years equal those of Java, or even 
the more famous ones of southern Arabia. With decent 
government foreign capital would be only too glad to ex- 
ploit and develop the mineral resources of the archi- 
pelago. The little stream of gold which flows illegiti- 
mately into Chinese pockets would become a great stream, 
enriching all classes alike. The sugar plantations of the 
islands are the richest on the globe, and would, under 
wise management, afford an inexhaustible supply to the 
United States as well as to Japan and China. Under 
existing conditions, thousands of tons are exported from 
the three treaty points every year, a quantity which would 
be soon quadrupled after the sugar tax, the harbor tax, 
the export tax, the land tax, and the church tax of the 
Spanish dominion were repealed by the new government 
of the Philippines. 

What Cuba once was to the Atlantic States, the Philip- 
pines would soon be to the Pacific States. They would 
take by the shipload our flour, textiles, iron rails, beams 
and machinery, our leather, paper, preserved meats, 
canned foods, boots and shoes, agricultural implements 
and cutlery, and they would send in return sugar, hemp, 
hard woods, dye woods, coffee, indigo, spices, hides and 
skins, gold and silver, cigars and cigarettes. If Ameri- 
can policy had no higher motive than the commercial 
prosperity of ^e Ainerican people^ it would est^blisli jg^ 



i* 



218 MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES. 



I protectorate over the Philippines the moment that the 

dogs of war were called back to their kennels. If its 
*' policy is based upon the regeneration and upbuilding of 

a long-suffering race, it will either establish that protec- 
torate or one jointly with its mother-nation across the 
sea. 



VBB END. 



■t 



iJdM 



NIL. 



A NOVEL. 

BY FREDERICK A. RANDLE. 

COHTDraaffTA L UBBARY. Clot h, 9L25 ; paper, 60 omtM, 

Competent critics have pronounced this book the most elabor< 
6te and interesting work of the author. Mr. Handle comes hen* 
.^atly by his literary ability, his mother being a Powers, and 
•dosely connected with that family so famous for its sculptors and 
artists. His present work, At/, abounds in quick action, and may 
be classified with that delightful and humorous line of fiction so 
eagerly sought by the lover of travel and adventure. 

Nesta Storovski, a young Polish lady and belle of Kazan, 
Rnssia, Vala, a noble Aleut maiden of the Island of Unalaska, 
Laila, a beautiful Ayan girl whose home is on picturesque Upper 
Yukon, Imla Van Xen, an Imperial Guard of the Winter Palace, 
St Petersburg, are characters in the story commanding highest 
admiration ; so also Michael O'Finerty, a verdant son of Erin, 
and Jacob Schmidt, an unsophisticated young man from Holland, 
both so unaffected in their ways that they fairly dispel serious^ 
fiesSy take a leading part in the thrilling scenes that mark the pro* 
fress of the romance. 

The renowned city of Amsterdam on the Zuyder-Zee, Utrecht, a 
city of the Netherlands where lived the old Dutch aristocracy, Lake 
Wener and the River Klar, Sweden, the Aleutian Islands, and 
Alaska are places of importance in the story, made fascinatingly 
interesting by a wizard pen. 

One f eaturo of this novel may cause reviewers to classify it an 
extravaganza, since to an excessive degree the author amusingly 
portrays the ofi&ciousness of the police world to arrest people on 
the merest resemblance to fugitives ; ridiculous blunders of mii^ 
taken identity filling the history of such official activity. In thk 
portrayal. Nil is almost as ** far fetched " as ** A Comedy o£ Bi> 
lors •• and as amttstiig as ** The Merry Wives of Windsor.*^ 

The story in a tmique manner concludes at Nokomis, TiHf^^ 
A little city noted for romance and chivalry. 

For sale eTerywli«re, or rtat pott-pald oa roeelpt of piteo, 

p. TENNYSON l>flSELY, PaUUher, 
96 Qm«i Stnet. LeaiOK. 914 ftflh Avmhm. N«w VMk* , 



\-, 



, I 



UTOPIA. 

By FRANK ROSEWATER. 

Neely*s Popular Libraiy* 
Paper» asc. 

VHien one ventures to write upon that puzt 
de of the day, a solution of the capital and labor 
problem, together with their relations to each 
other, it is necessary that the subject be thor* 
oughiy studied in advance, since it presents many 
peculiar points that demand close attention. 
Mr. Rosewater is a journalist who has been 
given rare opportunities for seeing beneath the 
surface. He also possesses the gift or faculty 
for describing what he desires to paint in glow- 
ing language. " Utopia " may seem far-fetched 
in many minds, but candor compels us to admit 
that it is what we are all seeking after, though 
with but scant hope of ever finding it. Those 
who are interested in the labor question will find 
much to commend in this book just as Edward 
Bellamy's "Looking Backward" stirred those 
^ho longed for a condition of affairs wherein 
every man, woman, and child will pass under the 
control of the State. *• Utopia *' is winning new 
friends every day. 



For Mle everywhere, or sent post-paid on reeelpt ofprtetb 

P. TENNYSON NEELY. Publisher, 
0» Q — o Stf— tt Loadoa, 114 Fifth Avmm,N«wV< 



IN THE QUARTER. 

By ROBERT W- CHArtBERS, 

Author of •• The King in Yellow.*' 



Neely^s Prismatic Library. 

50 cents. 

A new novel by the author of that wonderful book, " The King in Yellow,* 
is an event of considerable importance to the reading public ; nor will a perusal 
of " In the Quarter " disappoint those critics who have predicted such a glorious 
future for Robert W. Chambers. As the title would indicate, the story deals with 
life m the Quartier Latin, in Paris, where the merry art students live and move 
and have their being, and over which the halo of romance ever hangs ; a pecul- 
iar people with whom we have spent many an entrancing hour in company with 
such volumes as " Trilby " and " A King in Yellow." 

PRESS NOTSCES: 

Book Buyer, New York :— " It is a story of a man who tried to reconcile 
irreconcilable facts. . . Mr. Chambers tells it with a happy choice of words, 
thus putting * to proof the ail alien to the artists.' . . It is not a book for the 
unsopnisticated, >et its morality is high and unmistakable." 

Brooklyn Citizen :— " Full of romantic incidents." 

Boston Courier :— " Interesting novel of French life." 

Boston Traveler :— ** A story of student life written with dash and surety 
of handling." 

Boston Times:— "Well written, bright, vivid; the ending is highly dra- 
matic." 

New York Sunday World :— " Charming story of Bohemian life, with its 
bouyancy, its romance, and its wild joy of youth . . vividly depicted in this 
graceful tale by one who, like Daudet, knows his Paris. Some pages are exquis- 
itely beautiful.'^ 

Philadelphia Bulletin :— " Idyllic— charming. Mr. Chambers' story b 
'Wicatelytold." 

^ New York Evening Telegram :— " It is a good story in its way. It is 
tood in several ways. There are glimpses of the model and of the grisette— all 
dainty enough. The most of it might have come from so severe a moralist as 
George Eliot or even Bayard Taylor." 

New York Commercial Advertiser :— " A very vivid and touchingly told 
slory. The tale is interesting because it reflects with ndelity the life led l>y cer- 
tain sets of art students. A genuine romance, charmingly told." 

Congregation A LIST. Boston :—" Vivid^ realistic There is much of no* 
bility in it. A decided and excellent moral mfluence. It is charmingly wriMM 
from cover to cover." 



For tale everywhere, or tent pott-paid on receipt of priMi 

F. TENNYSON NEELY, PublUher, 
96 Queen Str«ett London. 114 Fifth Avdnue, N«w 



I > 



i ii 



Pi 



The Strolling Piper 
of Brittany, 

BY 

John W. Harding, 

AUTHOR OF ^A BACHELOR OF PARIS.*' 

Cloth, $1.25; paper, 50 cents. 

Mr. Harding writes with a masterly pen, and the 
pictures he gives us of lowly life in Brittany, among the 
humble peasants, are the faithful delineations of a born 
artist. It is a rare pleasure to spend some hours in his 
company and look upon these scenes through his magic 
glass. Besides, the story has a deep sympathetic strain 
that revives memories of his earlier work, of which one 
critic wrote : 

**'A Bachelor of Paris,' by J. W. Harding, is one of 
the latest nimibers in Neely's attractive Prismatic Library^ 
and bids fair to win fresh laurels for that charming collec- 
tion of tales. George du Maurier has given us glimpsef 
of student life, and created so intense a desire on th^ 
part of the reading public to learn more of artist life in 
Paris, that other writers have hastened to take advantage 
of this demand. * A Bachelor of Paris ' calls for nothing 
but praise, and the eye is charmed by the attractive covei 
of the work, as well as the mind satisfied with the we?l 
told tale within." 

A BACHaOR OF PARIS. Fully illustrated; gilt top, 50c 



For sale everywhere, or sent post-paid on receipt of prieeu 

F. TENNYSON NEELY, Publisher, 
96 Queen Street, London. 114 Fifth Avenue, New Yocfc-